Table of Contents

Preface

ii DAU Vision, Mission, and Goals

iii Message from the President

iv AT&L Performance Learning Model

v What’s New in DAU and the Defense Acquisition Community

Chapter 1 The Defense Acquisition University

2 DAU Leadership

4 Workforce Management

5 DAU Board of Visitors

Chapter 2 Administrative Information

8 Acquisition Workforce and Acquisition Corps 

Certification Standards 

8 Course Information

10 Student Information

11 Course Registration and Quota Allocation

12 Registration Procedures

Chapter 3 Course Descriptions and Learning Assets

18 DAU Learning Assets

19 The AT&L PLM ... Training Courses

20 Courses/Classes 

73 The AT&L PLM ... Performance Support

77 The AT&L PLM ... Continuous Learning

86 The AT&L PLM ... Knowledge Sharing

Appendices

89 Appendix A

99 Appendix B

149 Appendix C
Table of Contents i

Ranked No.1 in 

Leadership Development

By Executive Excellence Publishing, 

2005, 2006, 2007

This catalog is current as of Oct. 1, 2008. You can find the latest catalog 

information on the DAU Web site at www.dau.mil. 
ii Mission, Vision, Goals

Mission

Provide practitioner training, career management, and 

services to enable the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

to make smart business decisions and deliver timely 

and affordable capabilities to the warfighter.

Vision

Enabling the Defense Acquisition Workforce to achieve 

the right acquisition outcomes.

Goals

Provide a fully integrated learning environment in 

concert with other talent-management initiatives that 

engages the learner at the point of need.

Continuously improve our mission/support processes 

and management.

Support transformation in acquisition, technology, and 

logistics through thought leadership, innovation, and 

workforce support.

Ensure DAU is a great place to work by providing an 

environment valuing achievement, growth, diversity, 

and career-long learning to enhance job performance.

Listen to and learn from our customers and stakeholders to exceed their expectations.
Message from the President iii

DEFENSE ACQUISITION UNIVERSITY

9820 BELVOIR ROAD

FORT BELVOIR, VIRGINIA 22060-5565

MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT

Welcome to the Defense Acquisition University, a best-in-class corporate 

university for the Defense Acquisition Workforce. Everything we do 

at DAU is for you, the acquisition professional—from classroom and 

online courses, career management, continuous learning modules, knowledgesharing assets, communities of practice, research, performance support, to 

consulting. As your learning partner, we plan to be with you in the classroom, 

online, and in your workplace, whenever and wherever you need DAU learning 

and performance-support assets. 

With that in mind, we have intensified our efforts to provide not only the best 

classroom and online training, but also real-time DAU resources before, during, 

and after the training. Given the rapid pace of change, we are leveraging all of 

our learning concepts and technologies to provide the right knowledge and 

skills at your learning point of need. 

Most important, all the courses and learning assets listed in this catalog are 

meant to help you develop and manage acquisition programs, projects, and 

systems that continue to make our nation’s warfighters the best-equipped 

armed forces in the world. To emphasize our commitment to your future 

success, we maintain as our strategic vision, “Enabling the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce to achieve the right acquisition outcomes.”

 

 

 Frank J. Anderson, Jr.

 President

 Defense Acquisition University
iv AT&L Performance Learning 

Model

AT&L Performance Learning Model

The DAU Continuous Learning Center off ers oppor tunities 

designed to allow employees to maintain currency 

and help them meet the DoD requirement to complete 

80 points of continuous learning every 2 years. DAU 

also hosts a nd participates in a variety of public forum 

events such as conferences, symposia, and expos, 

which promote learning and off er continuous learning 

opportunities. 

Knowledge sharing is an inherent function of any educational institution. The AT&L Knowledge Sharing System 

(AKSS) provides online access to a variety of tools and 

reference materials that facilitate supporting the warfi ghter. The Acquisition Community Connection (ACC) 

hosts online communities of practice that provide an 

electronic forum for sharing knowledge, information, 

lessons learned, and best practices. DAU’s David D. 

Acker Library supports the university’s curricula and its 

research in defense acquisitions.

Each of these elements of the PLM is addressed fully in 

Chapter 3 of this catalog. 

To help shape a culture that promotes career-long 

learning at the point of need, DAU adopted the 

Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (AT&L) 

Performance Learning Model (PLM), which lays the 

foundation for meeting the professional development 

needs of the Defense Acquisition Workforce.

Training courses off ered at DAU were established as a 

result of the Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act (DAWIA), which identifi es, by career fi eld 

and certifi cation level, education, training, and experience requirements for all Defense Acquisition Workforce members. In the ever-changing acquisition environment of the 21st century, however, it has become 

clear that currency in any given career fi eld requires 

more than certifi cation training alone. To complement 

the DAWIA requirements, DAU now off ers learning 

assets that are accessible to all workforce members 

anytime and anywhere.

Performance support is tailored to customer needs and 

may include consulting, targeted training, rapiddeployment training, and group facilitation. Rapiddeployment training involves focusing on a limited 

number of emerging initiatives and delivering training 

within days of new policy implementation. Targeted training is tailored to the specifi c needs of an organization or 

integrated product team, as 

required. 
What’s New v

What’s New in DAU and the Defense Acquisition 

Community

course to a distance learning course. Also beginning 

in January 2009, CON 217, Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques, will change from a distance learning 

course to a combined Web-based online and resident 

course. When implemented, this course will be treated 

as a resident course for registration purposes.

Request an Official DAU Transcript

Those who have attended DAU courses can receive a 

transcript that provides a record of all courses completed at DAU as well as DAU course credit gained by 

completing an equivalent course, DAU course credit 

gained through the fulfillment program, and reserve 

retirement points (for military students only). It is your 

and your component’s responsibility to ensure equivalencies and fulfillments are properly recorded. Information about equivalencies and fulfillments is provided at 

www.dau.mil/registrar/studentinfo/student_info_h.asp.

To obtain your transcript, go to www.dau.mil/registrar/

faq.asp#transcript and click “Get a Transcript.” You’ll be 

directed to the online transcript system, where you’ll 

be asked to log on using either your CAC or your SSN/

date of birth. Once in the transcript system, you can 

print a transcript at your desk or request an official 

transcript with a raised DoD seal be sent to a college. 

Transcripts are usually processed within 5 working 

days.

New Defense Acquisition Portal 

Available Next Year

Coming to you in May 2009! DAU is facilitating the 

development of a Defense Acquisition Portal addressing all of the life cycle processes in DoD acquisition, 

including joint requirements definition and analysis; 

human systems integration and human capital initiatives; budget and financial management; and overarching systemic DoD policy, guidance, and direction. 

The DAP will provide an access gateway to all things 

related to the “Big A” processes and products under 

one sharing umbrella. Content on the DAP home page 

will be general in nature, focusing on news, announcements, training, search functions, Ask-a-Professor, 

and similar services. Icons at the top of the page will 

provide Web 2.0 tools for e-mailing the page and 

bookmarking. Tabs across the top of the white space 

provide navigation to major elements of interest to the 

acquisition workforce. Watch the Acquisition Community Connection Web site at https://acc.dau.mil/communitybrowser.aspx for updates.

Changes to DAU Contracting 

Courses

Starting in January 2009, CON 100, Shaping Smart 

Business Arrangements, will be change from a resident 

Creating an environment where we learn before, 

during, and after the training experience.
vi What’s New

Program (http://personnelinitiatives.org/). Eligible international acquisition personnel may elect to participate 

in both programs.

Advanced Facilities Engineering 

Course Coming Soon

To support the continuing development of workforce 

members in the Facilities Engineering career field, 

DAU will be introducing a 300-level course—FE 301, 

Advanced Facilities Engineering—during the second 

quarter of the 2008-2009 academic year. In that 

course, participants will experience realistic, scenariobased learning, and they will work in teams to practice 

developing solutions to a variety of challenges that 

facility engineering professionals encounter every day 

within DoD.

In conjunction with the deployment of this course, 

career field certification of Facilities Engineering at 

Level III is expected to be available as of April 1, 2009. 

Additional information regarding the availability of FE 

301 and the Core Certification Standards for Level III in 

the Facilities Engineering career field will be available 

in January 2009. Check the DAU Web site at www.dau.

mil for updates.

Transcripts reflect all DAU coursework successfully 

completed since the university’s founding in 1993 and 

coursework that has been processed through the 

Army Training Requirements and Resources System 

(ATRRS). To obtain training records of courses taken 

prior to 1993, you should contact the school at which 

the training was taken. 

Questions regarding transcripts should be directed to 

DAU Student Services at dau.transcript@dau.mil.

New International Acquisition 

Career Path

A new International Acquisition career path was 

established by the Under Secretary of Defense for 

Acquisition, Technology and Logistics (USD[AT&L]) in 

June 2007. The new career path is initially aligned with 

the Program Management career field. In the future, 

the USD(AT&L) expects the same approach to apply 

to international acquisition specialties in other acquisition career fields. The functional leader for the new 

career path is the Director, International Cooperation, 

in the Office of the USD(AT&L). Implementation of the 

International Acquisition career path will commence in 

the beginning of FY09.

The International Acquisition career path is distinct 

and separate from the Defense Security Cooperation 

Agency-sponsored International Affairs Certification 
What’s New vii

Requirements Management 

Certification Now Available

The Requirements Management Certification Training 

Program, mandated by Congress under Section 801, 

is now available. This new training and certification is 

required for anyone who has responsibility for or oversight of DoD requirements for capabilities that may be 

implemented through an ACAT I Major Defense Acquisition Program. The training is also recommended 

for all acquisition professionals and those involved in 

preparing or evaluating a DoD capability. To be certified, DoD personnel must complete both CLM 041, 

Capabilities-Based Planning, and then complete RQM 

110, Core Concepts for Requirements Management.
viii
1

The Defense 

Acquisition University

chapter 1

DAU Leadership

Workforce Management

DAU Board of Visitors
2

Title

Chapter 1

Mr. Frank J. Anderson, Jr.

President

Dr. James McMichael

Vice President

Mr. Joseph Johnson

Chief of Staff

Mr. Garry Shafovaloff

Director, Human Capital Initiatives 

Office

Mr. Mark Whiteside

Director, Performance and 

Resource Management

Ms. Meg Hogan-Roy

Human Capital Management 

Advisor

Mr. Dave Scibetta

Director, Operations Support Group

Mr. Joseph Johnson

Acting Director, Planning, Policy, 

and Leadership Support

Mr. Jeffrey B. Birch

4th Estate Director, Acquisition 

Career Management and Career 

Support Center

DAU Leadership

The university’s leaders are committed to ensuring that 

DAU provides the best capabilities to those who use 

the university’s learning resources. 

The DAU president is the chief executive offi cer of 

the university and directs the acquisition education, 

training, performance support, and research activities 

of the university. The DAU vice president is responsible 

for the operations and execution of the university’s 

mission. The DAU chief of staff is responsible for coordinating the university’s strategic planning process, 

faculty policy, outreach and communications program, 

human resources management, professional development, logistics, and other support services.

The Human Capital Initiatives Office performs Defense 

Acquisition Workforce strategic analysis, human 

capital planning, and recruiting and outreach 

initiatives. 

The 4th Estate Director, Acquisition Career Management 

(DACM) and Career Support Center assists in managing the accession, training, education, and career 

development of the DoD components outside the 

military departments. The center also collaborates 

with the Service DACMs in matters relative to Defense 

Acquisition Workforce education, training, and career 

development. 

The Performance and Resource Management Directorate is 

responsible for business oversight and fi nancial management of DAU’s resources relating to its program 

and operations, including all resource aspects of DoD’s 

planning, programming, budgeting, and execution 

process. 

The Planning, Policy, and Leadership Support Office is 

responsible for strategic planning; customer relationship management; communicating DAU’s story, 

mission, and goals; and coordinating outreach and 

communications eff orts. 

“As your learning partner, we plan to be with you in 

the classroom, online, and in your workplace.”

Frank J. Anderson, Jr., President, Defense Acquisition University
DAU Leadership 3

The David D. Acker Library and Knowledge Repository supports university research and consulting by providing 

the latest virtual learning and research opportunities 

afforded by technology. 

The Pentagon liaison serves as a link between DAU and 

all elements of DoD senior staff. The liaison establishes, 

monitors, and closes out suspenses from DoD.

The DAU regional deans oversee the day-to-day functions of their respective area of responsibility, ensuring 

that the DAU regions properly support professional 

development and certification to the acquisition functions in the area. 

The DSMC-School of Program Managers provides executive-level and international acquisition management 

training, consulting, and research. 

Mr. Tim Shannon

Director, Learning Capabilities 

Integration Center

Dr. Chris Hardy

Director, e-Learning & Technology 

Center

Dr. Craig Lush

Director, Library & Knowledge 

Repository

Mr. Paul McMahon

Pentagon Liaison

Rear Admiral Lenn Vincent,

USN (Ret.)

Industry Chair

Mr. Andy Zaleski

Dean, West Region

Mr. Travis Stewart

Dean, Midwest Region

Mr. James. L. McCullough II

Dean, South Region

Ms. Barbara Smith

Dean, Mid-Atlantic Region

Mr. Robert Daugherty

Dean, Capital & Northeast Region

Mr. Roy Wood 

Dean, DSMC – School of Program 

Managers

The Operations Support Group provides public affairs, 

protocol, human resources, administrative and logistical services, publications, learner management, and 

information system support to all of DAU. 

The Human Capital Advisor provides guidance to the 

DAU president on how to evaluate, design, and deploy 

human capital resources and processes. 

The Learning Capabilities Integration Center is responsible 

for learning asset management in support of the AT&L 

Performance Learning Model, which consists of training, continuous learning, performance support, and 

knowledge sharing. 

The e-Learning and Technology Center is responsible for 

the e-technology support of DAU learning products 

and services, as well as the university’s online portals. 
4

Title

Chapter 1

Workforce Management

Functional Leaders

The functional leaders are senior leaders who specialize in a functional area of acquisition, technology, and 

logistics. Requirements for career fields may change 

as a result of new technologies, mission requirements, or servicemember needs, and it is the job of 

the functional leaders to ensure that their respective 

career fields maintain relevancy. Functional leaders 

are involved in chairing integrated product teams to 

address career development issues and to identify 

training, education, and experience requirements. The 

results from the integrated product teams help provide 

course relevance and direction of course content to 

curriculum developers and course authors, as well as 

a rigorous, ongoing quality assessment of DAU course 

offerings. 

Directors of Acquisition Career Management 

(DACMs)

The DACMs assist in managing the accession, training, 

education, and career development of their respective 

components. There is a DACM representative for each 

of the military services as well as for the 4th Estate. 

The 4th Estate DACM represents civilians assigned 

to the DoD components outside the military services 

(e.g., the Defense Contract Management Agency). The 

DACMs coordinate with DAU to ensure the learning 

and developmental needs of the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce are addressed. Additionally, the DACMs are 

instrumental in supporting enterprise human capital 

initiatives to create a high-performing Defense Acquisition Workforce. 

Acquisition Management

Mr. Dave Ahern

Director, Portfolio Systems 

Acquisition, OUSD(A&T)

Auditing

Ms. April Stephenson 

Director, Defense Contract 

Audit Agency

Business, Cost Estimating, and 

Financial Management

Dr. Nancy L. Spruill

Director, Acquisition Resources and 

Analysis, OUSD(AT&L)

Facilities Engineering

Mr. James Dalton

Chief, Engineering and Construction,

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

Life Cycle Logistics

Mr. Randy Fowler

Assistant Deputy Under Secretary of 

Defense (Materiel Readiness)

Procurement and Contracting/

Government Property

Mr. Shay Assad

Director, Defense Procurement and 

Acquisition Policy 

Science & Technology

Mr. Alan Shaffer

Director, Plans and Programs, 

DDR&E

Technical Management

Ms. Kristen Baldwin

Acting Director, Systems & Software 

Engineering, ODUSD(A&T)

LTG N. Ross Thompson III, USA 

Army DACM

Ms. Carolyn Willis

Navy DACM

Mr. Pat Hogan

Air Force DACM

Mr. Jeffrey B. Birch

4th Estate DACM

Directors, Acquisition Career Management 

(DACMs)

International Acquisition

Mr. Alfred Volkman

Director, International Cooperation, 

OUSD(AT&L)

Functional Leaders

Information Technology

Mr. Ray Boyd

Director, Commercial Policies and 

Oversight, Office of the Deputy CIO, 

OASD(NII)
Workforce Management / DAU 5

Board of Visitors

DAU Board of Visitors

Since its inception as an academic institution, DAU has 

received guidance from the DAU Board of Visitors. The 

DAU Board of Visitors consists of individuals selected 

for their preeminence in academia, business, and 

industry. The members advise the Under Secretary of 

Defense for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics and 

the DAU president on matters such as the university’s 

organizational management, curricula, methods of 

instruction, and facilities.

The Board of Visitors meets three times a year and is 

presented with updates on ongoing and future initiatives of the university. All BoV members, past and 

present, have been invaluable to the foresight, planning, and progress of DAU as an institution. 

GEN William G.T. Tuttle, Jr.

USA (Ret.)

Chairperson

Mr. David Berteau

Director, Clark & Weinstock

Ms. Susan Coté

VP of Corporate Contracts, Pricing, 

and Supply Chain, Northrop 

Grumman Corporation

Gen Bernard P. Randolph

USAF (Ret.)

Consultant

Mr. Curtis Gray

Senior VP, Human Resources, BAE 

SYSTEMS

Mr. Nicholas W. Kuzemka

VP, Program Management, 

Lockheed Martin

Ms. Sara B. Mills

President, S.B. Mills and Associates

Mr. Carl Salzano

VP, Acquisitions, Booz Allen 

Hamilton

RDML Michael Sharp, 

USN (Ret.), Director, Maritime 

Advanced Technology, Raytheon 

Company

RADM Lenn Vincent, USN (Ret.)

Industry Advisor, National Defense 

Industrial Association

Mr. John C. Wilson, Jr.

President, BizDynamics, LLC

LTG Malcolm R. O’Neill, Ph.D. 

USA (Ret.)

Consultant

“The Secretary of Defense, acting through the Under Secretary of Defense for 

Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics, shall establish and maintain a defense 

acquisition university structure.” (Title 10, U.S. Code 1746)
6
7

Administrative Information

chapter 2

Acquisition Workforce and Acquisition Corps 

Certification Standards

Course Information

Student Information

Course Registration and 

Quota Allocation

Registration Procedures
Acquisition Workforce Career 

Field Core Certification Standards

The Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act 

(Public Law 101-510, 1990) (Chapter 87, Title 10, United 

States Code), as amended, requires the Secretary of 

Defense to establish education, training, and career 

development standards for persons serving in DoD 

acquisition career fields.

The education, experience, and training requirements 

differ for each career field. Requirements are identified 

in the checklists provided in Appendix B. The training 

requirements may be met in several ways, including 

the successful completion of DAU courses, completing 

an approved equivalent course, or through the fulfillment program. Additional information on the equivalency and fulfillment programs can be found at www.

dau.mil/registrar/studentinfo/student_info_h.asp. 

You can meet credit-hour standards by passing college 

course equivalency examinations that demonstrate 

knowledge comparable to accredited courses of 

study in these subjects. For more information on using 

equivalency exams to meet mandatory education 

qualifications, please go to www.dau.mil/learning/

appg.aspx. You can also apply certain 

DAU courses to meet the educational requirements. The 

DAU strategic partnership 

program helps maximize 

opportunities to leverage DAU courses 

toward degrees. Further information on strategic 

partnerships can be found at www.dau.mil/about-dau/

partnerships.aspx. 

See Appendix B for additional information on the 

career field core certification standards.

Course Information

Sequence of Courses

DAU provides a highly structured sequence of courses 

that are needed to meet core and unique position 

training standards. In many cases, prerequisite courses 

are identified, and workforce members are expected 

to be competent in prerequisite knowledge and skills. 

Where specific prerequisites are not identified, workforce members are strongly encouraged to attend 

courses in the sequence prescribed. Using this catalog, 

Defense Acquisition Workforce personnel can identify 

the training, education, and experience required for 

their career field and career level and the 

sequence of courses to meet those 

requirements.

Course Types 

Training courses required for 

acquisition career field certification are listed as the Core Certification Standards within the 

Certification and Core Plus 

Development Guides located 

in Appendix B.

Administrative Information

8 Chapter 2
Course Information 9

Level I courses are designed to provide foundational 

knowledge and establish primary qualification and 

experience in the workforce member’s acquisition 

career field/path.

At Level II, functional specialization is emphasized. 

Courses at this level are designed to enhance the professional’s capabilities in a career field or functional area.

At Level III, the focus is on managing the acquisition 

process and learning the latest methods being implemented in the career field.

Most workforce members must take core acquisition 

training before taking other acquisition courses at 

career Levels I and II. The core acquisition course for 

career Level I in many career fields is ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management; and 

for Level II is ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B, Intermediate 

Systems Acquisition. ACQ 101 is a prerequisite for ACQ 

201. These core courses are required for all workforce 

members in the following career fields:

•	 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial 

Management

•	 Contracting (ACQ 101 and ACQ 201A only)

•	 Facilities Engineering

•	 Industrial/Contract Property Management (ACQ 101 

and ACQ 201A only)

•	 Information Technology

•	 Life Cycle Logistics

•	 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing 

•	 Program Management

•	 Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Program Systems Engineering

•	 Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Science and Technology Manager 

(ACQ 101 only)

•	 Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Systems Engineering

•	 Test and Evaluation.

Course descriptions for all DAU courses are listed 

alphanumerically in Chapter 3. Details of course length, 

prerequisites, methods of delivery, and who should 

attend are included. 

DAU-sponsored courses also provide the opportunity 

for Defense Acquisition Workforce members who 

have completed all education, experience, and training 

requirements for their position to meet standards for 

continuing education. Course listings found at www.

dau.mil provide the continuing education units (CEUs) 

available for each individual course, and a complete list 

is available at www.dau.mil/learning/apph.asp.

Course Offerings

DAU courses are offered in a variety of modes:

•	 Resident—Workforce member attends class at one 

of the DAU training sites

•	 Local—DAU instructor teaches at locations that 

have sufficient numbers of attendees to constitute 

a class

•	 Distance Learning—Course material is offered 

entirely or in part via the Internet

•	 Facilitated Online Learning Environment—Material 

is offered online; instruction may be online or in the 

classroom
10 Chapter 2

courses, an e-mail will explain how to access the 

course material online and will identify an instructor 

associated with that class. For classroom courses, you 

will receive an e-mail with specific reporting instructions and information on housing, meals, facilities, and 

appropriate classroom attire. 

Travel, Per Diem, and Reimbursement

Each Service Acquisition Career Management Office 

or parent organization funds travel expenses and 

per diem for eligible students based on Service- or 

agency-specific policy. You should consult the appropriate Acquisition Career Management Office for 

policy and guidance concerning travel requirements. 

Contact information is provided in the “Registration 

Procedures” section of this chapter.

It is very important that you arrive with a government 

credit card to pay for all legitimate travel-related 

expenses or, if needed, draw cash advances in lieu of 

receiving advance per diem payments. DAU cannot 

process travel claims or provide advance per diem 

payments. You should know the name and telephone 

number of the government credit card program 

coordinator for your Service or organization so you 

know whom to contact for government credit card 

questions.

Attendance Policy

You are expected to attend all scheduled course 

sessions (including teleconferencing, satellite, and 

synchronous online sessions) and complete all course 

work. Absences for medical or family emergencies must be approved by the course manager, lead 

instructor, or designated representative. Cumulative 

absences that exceed 5 percent of contact time may 

be grounds for removal from the course, and your 

record will be annotated accordingly. Remediation to 

make up any missed instruction is at the discretion of 

the course manager.

DAU follows established DoD and Office of Personnel Management guidance for civilians, and Service 

regulations for military personnel concerning various 

categories of leave.

Cancellation Policy

If circumstances dictate cancelling course attendance 

after you receive notification of acceptance, you 

should follow the procedures set forth by your respec-

•	 Hybrid—Course includes both distance learning and 

classroom (Parts A and B).

To complete online coursework, you must have access 

to a computer with the following minimum capabilities:

•	 Microprocessor speed: Pentium 400 MHz

•	 Hard Drive: 6 GB

•	 RAM: 64 MB

•	 Modem speed: 56 kbps

•	 Audio: 16 bit and speakers

•	 CD-ROM drive: 12X

•	 Monitor display resolution is optimal at 1024 X 768 

•	 Browser that supports Java and Javascript (Internet 

Explorer 5.5, Netscape 7.0, or higher versions are 

recommended)

•	 Java runtime environment 1.5.0 or Microsoft® VM.

When logging on to the DAU Virtual Campus at URL 

https://learn.dau.mil, you should review the computer 

requirements in the “System Requirement” option 

under the “Help” menu. This will help ensure your computer is able to run online courseware successfully.

Some online courses have additional software requirements that are explained at the beginning of the 

course.

When registering for a hybrid course, it is important to 

understand that completion of both parts is required 

to obtain full credit for career field certification. For 

example, ACQ 201 consists of ACQ 201A (via the 

Internet) and ACQ 201B (in the classroom). Continuing education units and a certificate of completion will 

be awarded for successful completion of ACQ 201A; 

however, you must also complete ACQ 201B to receive 

full credit for completion of ACQ 201, which is required 

to meet selected career field certification standards. 

Part A is a prerequisite for Part B. For those who may 

want a review of Part A information before attending 

Part B, all latest versions of Part A courses are available on the DAU Virtual Campus Web site at https://

learn.dau.mil/html/login/login.jsp. With the exception 

of continuous learning courses, workforce members 

usually have up to 60 calendar days to complete online 

courses. 

Student Information

Reporting Instructions

After being accepted for admission into a DAU course, 

you will receive an e-mail from the university with 

instructions on how to proceed. In the case of online 

Administrative Information
Student Information 11

tive Service or agency as outlined in this chapter. This 

may afford other workforce members the opportunity 

to attend the course.

Disability Accommodations

Those with disabilities who are scheduled to attend 

DAU classes should notify their local training office and 

the DAU Student Services office as soon as possible 

prior to the start date of the class to ensure that 

appropriate accommodations are made.

DAU fully supports the requirements of Section 508 of 

the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998. Section 

508 requires federal agencies that develop, procure, 

maintain, or use electronic and information technology 

to ensure that federal employees with disabilities have 

access to and use of that information and data. To that 

end, all new DAU courseware is developed to comply 

with the standards set forth in Section 508. 

Issues and Concerns

DAU encourages those who have issues or concerns 

with the learning environment to discuss them first 

with their instructor. Also, class leaders are typically 

appointed at the start of a course and are empowered to bring issues to DAU faculty on behalf of their 

fellow participants. If you believe your issues were 

not resolved satisfactorily through these channels, 

you may go to the regional dean under an open-door 

policy. 

End-of-course critiques provide another opportunity 

for you to address ways to improve course materials 

or the learning environment. Critiques include areas of 

success and concern as well as trends and recommendations for improvement. The collected information is 

analyzed and a summary report is circulated through 

the appropriate chain of command for action.

Transcripts

To obtain your transcript, go to www.dau.mil/registrar/

faq.asp#transcript and click “Get a Transcript.” You’ll be 

directed to the online transcript system, where you’ll 

be asked to log on using either your CAC or your SSN/

date of birth. Once in the transcript system, you can 

print a transcript at your desk or request an official 

transcript with a raised DoD seal be sent to a college. 

Transcripts are usually processed within 5 working 

days, though sometimes it takes longer; you will 

receive an e-mail notice when your transcript has been 

processed. Questions regarding transcripts should be 

directed to DAU Student Services at dau.transcript@

dau.mil.

Course Registration and Quota 

Allocation

Defense Acquisition Workforce employees and their 

supervisors may prepare career development training 

plans using the requirements provided in Appendix B 

and the course descriptions in Chapter 3. Appendix B 

identifies courses that are required for certification by 

career field and certification level. 

Defense Acquisition Workforce members may be eligible for funding of travel and per diem when attending courses required for certification. This is strictly 

based upon the Service component policy. You should 

contact your Service component point of contact for 

the specific funding policy covering DAU training. 

Funding is not provided to cover travel and per diem 

costs for workforce members who attend DAU courses 

for the purpose of continuous learning. 

DAU uses the Army Training Requirements and 

Resources System (ATRRS) to maintain course schedules, allocate quotas, and manage class registration. 

Agencies with quota allocations should register workforce members as early as possible before the class 

start date to ensure their employees are in the ATRRS 

system and that employees have sufficient time to 

make necessary arrangements for attending class.

After you apply for a course, you will receive an e-mail 

identifying your status as either wait-listed or as having 

a reservation. Approximately 60 days before the 

class starts, those with class reservations will receive 

an e-mail from DAU (later if you are a late registrant) 

providing reporting instructions, class start and end 

times, and location-specific information (e.g., points 

of contact, hotels, and directions). Points of contact 

for most courses and locations are provided in the 

online course schedule. Any workforce member who is 

registered and has not received reporting instructions 

15 days prior to the class start date should contact the 

DAU Student Services Office for assistance at 888-

284-4906 or 703-805-3003.
12 Chapter 2

Additional information on travel funding, orders, rental 

cars, priorities, etc., is available at www.rdaisa.army.

mil/rdaisa/atrrs/dau/tinfo.htm#priority. DAU training 

priorities are determined by an individual’s currently 

assigned position code. The Army will fund those who 

are considered priority two (those seeking career 

development), priority three (those seeking crossfunctional training), or priority four (those attending 

refresher courses), as long as funds are available 

after priority one personnel obtain funding. Priority five (non-acquisition workforce) students must 

obtain funding from their employing organization 

or command for travel and per diem. Class schedule 

information can be found within the IDP, AITAS, or 

ATRRS data-on-demand at https://www.atrrs.army.mil/

channels/dataondemand. Individuals and organizations 

should closely monitor the availability of local class 

offerings to minimize expenses associated with classes 

that require residency. You must select the most costeffective location. 

Cancellations or substitutions should be limited to 

extreme emergencies only. If you cannot attend a DAU 

class for which you have a reservation, then you must 

cancel with the Army Registrar at least 5 working days 

prior to the start date of the class or 5 working days 

prior to reservation cut-off date on classes that have 

precourse work. The Army Registrar must receive the 

request to officially cancel your reservation through 

AITAS to prevent a no-show from being recorded. 

Excusal requests must be received within 14 days of 

the notification. If it is determined that a valid reason 

exists for the no-show, sanctions will not be imposed. 

A Service or organizational mission, unless extremely 

exceptional in nature, is not a valid reason for canceling less than 5 working days prior to the start date. 

Registration Procedures

To apply for a DAU course, go to www.dau.mil, select 

“I Need Training,” then “Apply for Course.” At this site, 

you will find links to your Service-specific application 

program. While there are many ways to access your 

specific site, the DAU Home Page provides a single 

portal with current information and links for each of 

the following categories of students. 

Army Personnel 

Army Acquisition, Logistics, and Technology (AL&T) 

workforce civilian and military personnel desiring DAU 

training (including online courses) must have those 

courses annotated and approved on their automated 

individual development plan (IDP). Once approved on 

the IDP, a link is provided from the IDP under “DAU” 

to the ATRRS Internet Training Application System 

(AITAS), https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/aitas/. 

Training priorities are based on the individual’s position 

certification requirements. AL&T personnel requiring 

assistance with the IDP/AITAS or updating records 

should contact their organization acquisition point of 

contact or acquisition career managers (ACMs) within 

their region. If you do not know who your servicing 

ACM is or where your servicing region is located, go to 

the U.S. Army Acquisition Support Center (USAASC) 

Web site at http://asc.army.mil/contacts/acms.cfm. Those 

outside the continental United States are serviced by 

the eastern region ACMs. 

The U.S. Army Acquisition Support Center (USAASC) 

is responsible for processing applications, registering 

students for training, and issuing travel funding and 

travel orders.

Administrative Information

12 Chapter 2
13

Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act-related 

issues, DON personnel should contact their local 

acquisition training representative. Names and contact 

information are available under the “Find ACQ Training 

Representative” menu option on Register-Now.

Air Force Personnel 

Air Force military and civilian personnel interested in 

DAU training should first consult the Air Force Defense 

Acquisition Career Management Web site, located 

within the AF Portal at https://www.my.af.mil/gcss-af/

afp40/usaf/ep/home.do (portal account required). 

After entering the AF Portal, click on “Functional Area 

A-Z Listing” under AF Indexes. Click on “Acquisition,” 

which will provide you a page listing links to all Air 

Force acquisition workforce information and functions.

The AF Portal provides information about Acquisition 

Professional Development Program (APDP) policy 

and certification, acquisition position coding, how to 

apply for DAU training and funding, prerequisites, class 

schedules, rosters, vacancies, and points of contact. 

For specific points of contact for other acquisition 

information, go to the AF Portal at https://www.my.af.

mil/gcss-af/afp40/usaf/ep/home.do. 

The Air Force uses ACQ Now, a Web-based reservation system. This system streamlines the reservation 

process and allows prospective students to initiate 

their own training requests via the Internet. Air Force 

civilian and military personnel should register through 

the ACQ Now registration system, available at https://

www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqnow/main.asp.

DAU training is open to all Air Force personnel, but 

those occupying acquisition-coded positions are 

No-shows will be denied registration in future offerings 

of the course for a period of 6 months following the 

occurrence. The Army Registrar will also review any 

other applications/reservations that may be affected 

by this sanction. This could result in cancellation and 

removal from other DAU courses by the Army Registrar. Military personnel en route to a new duty station 

or an acquisition position should contact their assignment officer for assistance in obtaining DAU training. 

Contact information for assignment officers is available 

at https://www.hrc.army.mil/site/protect/active/opfam51/

staff.htm (Army Knowledge Online access required). 

Non-Defense Acquisition Workforce Army personnel, 

both military and civilian, may submit applications 

for DAU training by going directly to AITAS. Those 

individuals are not required to have an acquisition 

IDP and must apply as priority five, “non-acquisition 

workforce.”

Navy and Marine Corps Personnel

Department of the Navy (DON) civilian and military 

personnel (regardless of duty station) must submit 

applications for acquisition training courses using 

Register-Now, the DON electronic registration system 

at https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/registernow. Register-Now is used to perform all functions applicable 

to course registration, including supervisory approval, 

course enrollment via the DON registrar, processing 

cancellations, and obtaining centrally funded travel 

orders. You are encouraged to browse all menu items, 

including “What’s New” and “How To.”

For additional information concerning course registration, career field certification, and other Defense 

Registration Procedures
14 Chapter 2

given priority in order to fulfill their DAWIA requirements. Supervisors and individuals should plan for and 

identify training needs through individual development 

plans and the annual Air Force Acquisition Training 

Office (AFATO) data call (August/October). 

For additional information, contact your local APDP 

training manager. Names and information are available on the “Training Manager Lookup” menu option 

in ACQ Now. Other contacts are the AFATO, Randolph 

Air Force Base, at DSN 665-5900 or commercial 210-

565-5900; Fax DSN 487-1348, commercial Fax 210-

652-1348; or acq.now@randolph.af.mil.

Acquisition Civilian Personnel Assigned to 

Defense Agencies

Federal civilians assigned to DoD components outside 

the military departments (including the Office of the 

Secretary of Defense, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs 

of Staff and the Joint Staff, the Inspector General, 

defense agencies, defense field activities, joint Service 

schools, and defense support activities) must submit 

applications for DAU courses using the Acquisition 

Training Application System (ACQTAS) at https://www.

atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqtas. The ACQTAS serves as 

the single application system for DAU courses, including supervisory and training manager approval, reservations, and notification for acceptance into the DAU 

courses. Military students should contact their Service 

Acquisition Career Management Office for application 

and registration assistance.

International Students

International students may apply for most DAU 

courses. They will be placed in courses on a spaceavailable basis. Applications will be evaluated on an 

individual basis in terms of meeting course prerequisites, previous training, job experience, current job title, 

and English language skills.

Foreign military and civilian employees of a foreign 

government must apply for DAU courses through 

their country’s training officer, who will coordinate 

the training request through the U.S. Army security 

assistance officer in the Office of Defense Cooperation or an appropriate official in the U.S. Embassy. The 

U.S. Army Security Assistance Training Field Activity (SATFA), which is the executive agent for foreign 

members attending DAU courses, will process each 

individual’s application through appropriate channels. 

The SATFA will coordinate all training requests with 

the DAU Non-DoD Registrar at nondod.registrar@dau.

mil or 703-805-4498. Security assistance officers or 

U.S. Embassy officials sponsoring training requests 

from the host country should go to www.disam.dsca.

mil/itm/ for information on training available through 

the foreign military sales training program.

Military and civilian employees of countries that are 

members of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization 

(NATO) should initiate their training requests through 

the SATFA by calling 757-788-3255. The SATFA desk 

officer for NATO affairs will put the student in contact 

with appropriate NATO training officials to process and 

coordinate the training request.

Administrative Information

14 Chapter 2
15

A non-U.S. citizen employed by a U.S. defense industry 

corporation, working for a foreign corporation that 

has a contract with DoD or any of the military departments, or who is assigned to a U.S. military agency or 

activity may be eligible to apply for DAU courses. For 

information about applying for a course, contact the 

DAU Student Services Office at industry.registrar@dau.

mil or 703-805-4498.

Acquisition Personnel with Federal Civilian 

Agencies

Federal civilian personnel interested in acquisition or 

acquisition-related training should first consult the 

Federal Acquisition Institute (FAI) Web site at http://

www.fai.gov, which provides information about career, 

certification, and training programs.

Federal civilian personnel interested in attending DAUor FAI-sponsored training must submit an application 

using the FAI electronic registration system on the 

Web at https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/faitas or 

FAI Internet Training Application (FAITAS) Web site. 

Federal civilian personnel can attend DAU and FAI 

courses at no cost, on a space-available basis for DAU 

courses. The electronic system streamlines the reservation process and allows prospective students to 

initiate their own training requests via the Internet.

Registration Procedures

For additional information, contact your local acquisition career manager. Points of contact available to 

assist students are listed on the FAI Web site. You can 

also contact the FAI help desk at 703-805-2300, Fax 

703-805-2111, faiquestions@fai.gov.

Defense Industry Certification

Unless an organization has its own certification standards, there is no organization or association that 

confers certification in a functional area for defense 

industry employees similar to the certification program 

administered by DoD for its workforce members. 

Industry employees may demonstrate comparable 

training to the members of the DoD acquisition workforce by successfully completing DAU courses.
16
17

chapter 3

Course Descriptions 

and Learning Assets

The AT&L PLM ... Training Courses

The AT&L PLM ... Performance Support

The AT&L PLM ... Continuous Learning

The AT&L PLM ... Knowledge Sharing
. . . . . .

Training . . . . . . . Knowle

18 Chapter 3

DAU offers an entire platform of learning assets

to meet the career-long learning needs of the

Defense Acquisition Workforce. The AT&L Performance Learning Model (PLM) lays the foundation for 

providing training courses, performance support, continuous learning opportunities, and knowledge-sharing 

venues. This chapter provides detailed information 

about each element of the PLM. 

Performance Support is tailored to the customer’s needs 

and may include consulting, targeted training, group 

facilitation, and rapid-deployment training. Faculty 

are available for consulting and targeted training in 

response to specific customer needs. A list of targeted 

training courses is provided on pages 82-84. Rapiddeployment training focuses on a limited number of 

emerging initiatives and delivers electronic and/or onsite training within days of new policy implementation. 

Group facilitation can be scheduled with experienced 

facilitators at the Management Deliberation Center, 

located at the university’s Fort Belvoir campus, and can 

often be provided at other sites subject to availability 

of facilitators and equipment.

Continuous Learning. The DAU Continuous Learning 

Center offers continuous learning opportunities 

designed to allow employees to maintain currency and 

help them meet the DoD requirement to complete 80 

points of continuous learning every 2 years. The Center 

includes nearly 200 self-paced continuous learning 

modules that address topics important to the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce. The Center also provides information about conferences and symposia that offer 

continuous learning opportunities. 

Knowledge Sharing. The AT&L Knowledge Management System (AKMS) is a “system of systems” that 

includes the AT&L Knowledge Sharing System (AKSS), 

the Acquisition Community Connection (ACC), the 

Acquisition Best Practices Clearinghouse (BPCh), and 

the ACQuire search capability. These systems provide 

online access to a variety of tools, mandatory policy, 

AT&L Performance Learning Model

DAU Learning Assets
edge Sharing . . . . . . . Continuous Learning . . . . . . . Performance Support . . . . . . .

DAU Learning Assets 19

and reference materials; online communities for sharing 

information, discretionary policies, lessons learned, 

and best practices; and an advanced enterprise search 

capability. 

THE AT&L PLM ... Training Courses

Certain courses have been designated as mandatory 

for certification in various career fields within each 

component’s Defense Acquisition Workforce at Levels 

I, II, or III. The primary authority for these courses is 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act 

(DAWIA). This catalog lists detailed requirements for 

certification in all career fields in Appendix B. The 

directors, acquisition career management (DACMs) for 

the Services and DoD agencies manage attendance 

at these courses. Normally, the DACMs give priority 

to Defense Acquisition Workforce members who are 

pursuing certification in an acquisition career field. 

Attendance at a Level II or III course presumes the 

workforce member meets all requirements for and is 

certified at the next lower level in that career field. 

When a course is no longer offered but still meets the 

requirements for credit, it becomes a predecessor 

course. Those who have completed these courses may 

use them to meet prerequisite requirements and/or to 

receive credit toward DAWIA certification. Predecessor courses are noted throughout the following course 

descriptions.

For updates to these course descriptions during the 

training year, consult the online version of the catalog 

provided on the DAU Web site at www.dau.mil. 
20 Chapter 3

ACQ 101

Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition 

Management

This course provides a broad overview of the DoD 

systems acquisition process, covering all phases 

of acquisition. It introduces the Joint Capabilities 

Integration and Development Systems; the planning, 

programming, budgeting, and execution process; DoD 

5000-series policy documents; and current issues in 

systems acquisition management. Designed for individuals who have little or no experience in DoD acquisition management, this course has proven very useful to 

personnel in headquarters, program management, and 

functional or support offices. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to recognize: 

•	 The fundamentals of defense systems acquisition 

management; 

•	 The diverse, interrelated, and changing nature in the 

different disciplines of defense systems acquisition 

management; and 

•	 The regulations and governing structures of defense 

systems acquisition management. 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for military 

officers, O-1 through O-3; and DoD civilians, GS-5 

through GS-9. However, this course is open to all ranks 

and grades. 

Prerequisite(s): None 

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: BU5
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 21

 Learning Assets

I

ntermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B, prepares 

mid-level acquisition professionals to work effectively in integrated product teams by understanding 

systems acquisition principles and processes. Both 

ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B are required for DAWIA 

certification. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will: 

•	 Enhance and apply their knowledge of the business, 

technical, and managerial aspects of acquisition; 

•	 Understand and appreciate the critical role that each 

functional discipline plays in the acquisition process; 

•	 Effectively participate in integrated product teams; 

and 

•	 Apply knowledge gained in ACQ 201A to develop 

plans and resolve problems. 

Target Attendees: ACQ 201B is for military officers, O-3 

and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and industry 

counterparts who are Level I certified in acquisition (or 

have met the industry equivalent). Professionals should 

have 2 to 4 years of acquisition or functionally related 

experience. 

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A 

Predecessor Course(s): ACQ 201, Intermediate Systems 

Acquisition

Course Length: 5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHK

Note: ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B are both required for 

Level III Contracting personnel who are assigned to an 

ACAT I program or who devote at least 50 percent of 

their time to an ACAT I program. Level II Contracting 

personnel should take ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B within 

1 year of assignment to an ACAT I program. 

ACQ 201B

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B 

I

ntermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A, uses computer-based training to prepare mid-level acquisition 

professionals to work in integrated product teams 

by providing an overview of systems acquisition principles and processes. Both ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B 

are required for DAWIA certification. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will: 

•	 Enhance their knowledge of the business, technical, 

and managerial aspects of acquisition; 

•	 Understand and appreciate the critical role that each 

functional discipline plays in the acquisition process; 

and 

•	 Use computer-based training to virtually participate 

in simulated integrated product teams, developing 

plans and resolving problems. 

Target Attendees: ACQ 201A is for military officers, O-3 

and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and industry 

counterparts who are Level I certified in acquisition (or 

have met the industry equivalent). Professionals should 

have 2 to 4 years of acquisition or functionally related 

experience. 

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management 

Predecessor Course(s): ACQ 201, Intermediate Systems 

Acquisition

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JHJ 

Note: ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B are both required for 

Level III Contracting personnel who are assigned to an 

ACAT I program or who devote at least 50 percent of 

their time to an ACAT I program. Level II Contracting 

personnel should take ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B within 

1 year of assignment to an ACAT I program. 

ACQ 201A

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A
22 Chapter 3

This multifunctional intermediate course provides 

acquisition team members with the tools needed 

to analyze and apply performance-based principles when developing performance requirements 

documents and effective business strategies for contractor-provided services. The course uses the sevenstep performance-based acquisition process, a teamoriented approach, and several case-based activities 

designed to provide participants with practical handson experience. ACQ 265 is designed for individuals 

who need to improve contracted services-related planning, executing, and performance-assessment skills. 

However, this course may also serve as a refresher for 

experienced acquisition personnel. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Apply a life-cycle approach by using results-driven 

techniques when acquiring the acquisition of services in an integrated process team; 

•	 Enhance and apply their knowledge of the performance-based business, technical, and managerial 

aspects that are unique to acquiring services; 

•	 Understand and appreciate the critical role that each 

functional discipline of the acquisition team plays in 

the process of acquiring services; 

•	 Participate effectively in integrated process teams; 

and 

•	 Use knowledge gained from previous learning assets 

to develop plans and resolve problems. 

Target Attendees: All members of a service acquisition 

team who are interested in learning more about acquiring services for the government as well as contracting 

officer representatives, quality assurance reviewers, 

contracting specialists, and those who are involved in 

developing and executing performance requirements, 

business strategies, and assessing contractor-provided 

services. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 CLC 013, Performance-Based Services Acquisition 

•	 CLM 013, Work-Breakdown Structure

Recommended: ACQ 101 

Course Length: 4 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: AH3

ACQ 265 

Mission-Focused Services Acquisition 

ACQ 401

Senior Acquisition Course 

Apreeminent course for members of the acquisition corps, the Senior Acquisition Course is 

delivered by the Industrial College of the Armed 

Forces (ICAF). The course consists of the 10-month 

ICAF curriculum, complemented by a choice of acquisition-related electives and individual/group research 

and writing. A limited number of professionals may 

take the Defense Acquisition University Program Manager’s Course, PMT 401, as a general elective for the 

Senior Acquisition Course and ICAF curriculum. Those 

who complete the Senior Acquisition Course receive a 

Master of Science degree in National Resource Strategy from ICAF and a diploma signifying completion of 

the Senior Acquisition Course. Those who also take the 

Program Manager’s Course as part of their curriculum 

earn PMT 401 diplomas as well. 

Objectives: The Senior Acquisition Course is designed 

to prepare selected military officers and civilians of the 

acquisition corps for senior leadership and staff positions throughout the defense establishment. 

Target Attendees: Participants are selected by their 

respective Services or agencies. Military officers are 

selected as part of the Senior Service School Selection 

Process and designated by the Directors of Acquisition 

Career Management. 

Prerequisite(s): Level III certification in one or more 

acquisition career fields 

Course Length: 10 months 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: ABW
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 23

 Learning Assets

This 1-week course provides general/flag officers, 

members of the Senior Executive Service, and 

other executives a level of understanding of the 

defense acquisition system, key processes, and current 

issues and initiatives that is appropriate for decision 

makers. Distinguished speakers provide the executive participants a forum to discuss motivations, constraints, and perspectives of government and defense 

executives and those of the Congress and the Government Accountability Office. 

Objectives: Executives who successfully complete this 

course will: 

•	 Broaden their understanding of the defense acquisition system and supporting processes in terms of 

what is important and why it is important; 

•	 Understand recent legislation and DoD initiatives 

affecting acquisition; 

•	 Appreciate the perspectives of Congress, Government Accountability Office, defense industry, and 

Service and Office of the Secretary of Defense 

executives; and 

•	 Apply their learnings to their respective roles and 

responsibilities. 

Target Attendees: This class is designed for general/flag 

officers, Senior Executive Service, and other executives who require an understanding of the defense 

acquisition system at the level that is appropriate for 

decision makers. Participants of equivalent position in 

the defense industry, other federal agencies, and allied 

nations are also admitted on a space-available basis. 

Prerequisite(s): None 

Course Length: 4.5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: ADM

ACQ 404

Systems Acquisition Management Course For 

General/Flag Officers 

This innovative course provides general/flag 

officers and members of the Senior Executive 

Service with an executive-level understanding of 

the defense acquisition system and supporting processes. Workshop content is tailored to the needs of 

the executive; conducted on demand; and delivered in 

a one-on-one, desk-side forum. 

Objectives: General/flag officers and Senior Executive 

Service personnel who successfully complete this 

course will: 

•	 Augment their knowledge of the defense acquisition 

system in the areas selected; 

•	 Gain a broader appreciation for the spectrum of the 

defense acquisition processes, stakeholders, and 

current issues and initiatives; and 

•	 Experience just-in-time learning and apply this learning to the roles and responsibilities of the executive. 

Target Attendees: This course is for DoD general/flag 

officers; career and political Senior Executive Service 

personnel; congressional staff; and other executives, 

such as employees of the Government Accountability 

Office who are involved in or interface with the DoD 

acquisition system and processes. Executive participants may include a limited number of direct reports to 

enhance the value of the learning and dialog on matters of specific importance to the executive. 

Prerequisite(s): None 

Course Length: Varies depending upon the number of 

topics to be addressed; typically 1/2 to 2 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: ADU

ACQ 403

Defense Acquisition Executive Overview 

Workshop 
24 Chapter 3

This action-based learning course provides an 

overview of the competencies and skills needed 

to lead in an acquisition environment. Experiential 

activities include role playing, simulation, communication, and critical-thinking exercises; a leadership challenge; and completion of a 360° feedback instrument 

and executive coaching to develop action plans related 

to the feedback. Participants will learn to apply strategies for leading up, down, and across in an acquisition 

organization. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will: 

•	 Design a personal plan to improve leadership effectiveness in the acquisition environment; 

•	 Formulate a leadership solution for a work-related 

leadership issue after team discussion of viable 

alternatives; and 

•	 Develop a strategy to lead an organization to 

effectively perform in an environment of rapid and 

constant change. 

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians and military in 

supervisory positions in all career fields. Industry and 

allied participants are eligible to attend and are encouraged to register on a space-available basis. 

Prerequisite(s): Level III certification in at least one 

acquisition career field and at least 3 years of Level 

III experience. Industry and allied participants should 

have at least three 3 years of Level III-equivalent acquisition experience. 

Course Length: 4 class days preceded by approximately 

4 hours of precourse work 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: AC1

ACQ 450

Leading in the Acquisition Environment 

This course provides acquisition professionals an 

update on acquisition policy, processes, and lessons learned. Participants examine their roles 

and responsibilities as acquisition leaders in a changing 

environment. Guest speakers lead discussions on contemporary management and leadership topics, such 

as partnering with industry, contracting tools, resource 

allocations, human capital management, earned value 

oversight, performance-based logistics, and supply 

chain management. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will: 

•	 Understand contemporary acquisition management 

policies, processes, regulations, and statutes; and 

•	 Broaden their perspective of leadership in the 

dynamic environment of acquisition management. 

Target Attendees: This class is for Level III certified members of all career fields who are (or have been selected 

for) O-6, GS-15, or the industry equivalent. 

Prerequisite(s): None 

Course Length: 9 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BB8

ACQ 405

Executive Refresher Course 
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 25

 Learning Assets

This action-based learning course introduces professionals to the methods and skills necessary 

to identify, assess, and promote the building of 

stakeholder relationships required for success in the 

acquisition environment. Experiential activities will 

include a precourse stakeholder assessment as well 

as simulation, communication, and critical-thinking 

activities that will facilitate the development of tailored 

stakeholder action plans. At the end of the course, professionals will be able to build ownership of acquisition 

outcomes across the enterprise. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Apply a stakeholder model to their current or future 

assignments; 

•	 Assess stakeholder expectations and communicate 

effectively relative to constraints and opportunities; 

and 

•	 Develop an action plan to promote effective stakeholder relationships in an acquisition environment. 

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians and military 

in supervisory positions in all acquisition career 

fields. Industry and allied participants are eligible to 

participate and are encouraged to attend on a spaceavailable basis. 

Prerequisite(s): Level III certification in at least one 

acquisition career field and at least 3 years of Level 

III experience. Industry and allied participants should 

have at least 3 years of Level III-equivalent acquisition 

experience. 

Course Length: 3 class days preceded by a few hours of 

pre- and post-course work 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: AC0

ACQ 452

Forging Stakeholder Relationships

ACQ 451

Integrated Acquisition For Decision Makers 

This participant-driven, action-based learning 

course exposes Defense Acquisition Workforce 

members to the multidisciplinary acquisition 

perspectives, integration challenges, and influencing 

strategies necessary for successful integrated acquisition decision making. Through facilitated discussions, 

simulations, exercises, and case studies, participants 

will formulate strategies that promote effective integration and collaboration both within and outside of their 

programs. Participants will gain a wider view of the 

acquisition environment and their respective roles and 

responsibilities. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will: 

•	 Recognize the challenges and opportunities for integrated acquisition, including their own programs; 

and 

•	 Formulate strategies to promote effective integration and collaboration both within and outside of 

their programs. 

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians and military 

professionals in all acquisition career fields. Industry 

and allied participants are eligible to attend and are 

encouraged to attend on a space-available basis. 

Prerequisite(s): Level III certification in at least one 

acquisition career field and at least 3 years of Level 

III experience. Industry and allied participants should 

have at least 3 years of Level III-equivalent acquisition 

experience. 

Course Length: 3 class days preceded by a few hours of 

precourse work 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: ADV
26 Chapter 3

Staff auditors taking this course will obtain information needed to adequately plan and conduct 

audits. Class discussions, practical exercises, and 

group case studies are used to highlight problem areas 

and evaluate alternative courses of action. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Discuss internal control components; 

•	 Use the Internal Control Review system and Internal 

Control Audit Planning Summary to assess audit 

risk; 

•	 List the Defense Contract Audit Agency’s direct 

audit activity codes; 

•	 Discuss forward pricing rates and complete case 

studies; 

•	 Discuss integrated product teams; 

•	 Explain why auditors need to attend negotiations; 

•	 List negotiation techniques and concepts; 

•	 List requirements of Form 2000, identify common 

fraud indicators, and learn the auditor’s responsibility in detecting fraud; 

•	 Discuss the purpose and requirements of the cost 

accounting standards and complete case studies; 

and 

•	 Discuss audit leads and observations. 

Target Attendees: Contract auditors should attend 6 

months after completing AUD 1130. This class is one 

of two that may be taken by Level I personnel working 

toward Level II certification. 

Prerequisite(s): AUD 1130, Technical Indoctrination 

Course Length: 5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JR7

AUD 1320

Intermediate Contract Auditing 

Newly hired auditors taking this course will learn 

the basic concepts, techniques, and procedures 

of contract auditing; the organizational structure 

of the Defense Contract Audit Agency; and audit guidance processes. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 List the elements of a contract’s life cycle and the 

general types of negotiated contracts; 

•	 Contrast principal objectives of government contract cost accounting and financial cost accounting; 

•	 Explain the history of the Federal Acquisition 

Regulation (FAR), Part 31, and discuss allocability, 

allowability, reasonableness, and selected cost 

principles; 

•	 Describe the background, purpose, and fundamental requirement of each cost accounting standard; 

•	 Identify direct costs, indirect costs, and general and 

administrative expenses; 

•	 Identify costs allocated to final cost objectives from 

intermediate cost allocation pools; 

•	 Calculate questioned overhead and general and 

administrative rates as a result of pool and/or base 

adjustments; 

•	 Describe the importance and major considerations 

of risk assessment; 

•	 Create working papers using the Audit Planning and 

Performance System; 

•	 Write a structured note for an audit report; and 

•	 Calculate questioned costs in a proposal audit. 

Target Attendees: New contract auditing personnel 

should attend within 4 to 6 weeks after reporting for 

duty. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 AUD 1113, Orientation to DCAA* (SS)

•	 AUD 1114, Orientation to Federal Procurement Regulations* (SS)

•	 AUD 1115, Orientation to Contract Auditing Procedures* (SS)

•	 AUD 1116, Orientation to DCAA Audits* (SS) 

Course Length: 10 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PC6

*These self-study courses are available via the DCAA

intranet.

AUD 1130

Technical Indoctrination 
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 27

 Learning Assets

AUD 4120

Statistical Sampling 

Statistical Sampling concentrates on the knowledge and skills necessary to perform statistical 

sampling in the contract audit environment. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Discuss the basic concepts of statistical sampling; 

•	 Explain the criteria for a valid statistical sample; 

•	 Differentiate between variable and attribute 

sampling; 

•	 Discuss the difference between dollar unit and 

physical unit sampling; 

•	 Determine the proper sample selection method and 

stratification method to use on an audit; 

•	 Select a statistical sample using the EZ-Quant statistical analysis software; and 

•	 Evaluate the results of a statistical sample using the 

EZ-Quant software. 

Target Attendees: This class is one of two that may be 

taken by Level I personnel working toward Level II 

certification. All contract auditors are eligible to take 

this course. 

Prerequisite(s): AUD 1130, Technical Indoctrination 

Course Length: 5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: QPO

I

n a virtual classroom environment, professionals learn additional information about earned 

value management (EVM), which is introduced in 

ACQ 101. The course summarizes the language, data 

reports, metrics, graphs, and management processes 

associated with EVM as they apply to DoD acquisition 

management. Professionals also learn the processes 

related to the Performance Measurement Baseline, the 

Integrated Baseline Review, and the American National 

Standards Institute for EVM systems. Finally, professionals evaluate and compute basic EVM metrics and 

EVM metric-based estimates at completion. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Describe, in plain language, the acronyms and 

meaning of EVM-associated vocabulary; 

•	 Identify the program management data elements 

and processes associated with Performance Measurement Baseline development; 

•	 Understand how the American National Standards 

Institute EVM industry standard is used to certify 

EVM-integrated management systems; 

•	 Explain the Integrated Baseline Review process and 

purpose; 

•	 Compute and comprehend the meaning of selected 

EVM metrics and EVM estimates at completion; and 

•	 Identify acquisition organizations, stakeholders, and 

formal agreements associated with EVM. 

Target Attendees: This course is for military officers, O-1 

and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and equivalent 

industry personnel in positions requiring knowledge 

and use of EVM. 

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management 

Predecessor Course(s): BFM 102, Contract Performance 

Management Fundamentals; BCF 202, Intermediate 

Contractor Performance Measurement

Course Length: You have 28 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course. 

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: Q1B

BCF 102

Fundamentals of Earned Value Management 
28 Chapter 3

Professionals are introduced to policies and techniques that are used for the preparation of system 

cost estimates, including DoD estimating requirements and guidance, estimate use and structure, analogy estimates, parametric estimating, improvement 

curves, inflation, risk, economic analysis, and software 

cost estimating. Through practical exercises, professionals gain the opportunity to apply the policies and 

techniques to real-world examples. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Explain cost-estimating policies; 

•	 Explain the cost-estimating process; and 

•	 Define cost data and apply appropriate quantitative 

techniques used in preparing cost estimates. 

Target Attendees: BCF 106 is required for DoD employees responsible for the preparation of materiel system 

cost estimates. It is also beneficial for individuals 

who use information from life cycle cost estimates, 

supervise cost estimators, prepare budgets based on 

life cycle cost estimates, manage acquisition programs, 

evaluate and negotiate contract proposals, or want to 

learn cost-estimating basics. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition 

Management 

•	 Professionals need competence in algebra equal to 

a second-year high school algebra course. (An algebra tutorial is available at www.dau.mil/registrar/

_pre-courses.asp) 

•	 Knowledge and use of a calculator that has natural 

logarithms, exponentiation, and an inverse key 

Predecessor Course(s): BCF 101, Fundamentals of Cost 

Analysis 

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JH1

Note: You should be comfortable with mathematical 

expressions and have a fundamental understanding of 

probability and statistics. 

BCF 106

Fundamentals of Cost Analysis 

BCF 103

Fundamentals of Business Financial 

Management 

Using interactive, computer-based training, professionals will develop the skills necessary for 

formulating and executing a program office budget. Topics covered in this course include cost analysis; 

funding policies; the DoD planning, programming, 

budgeting, and execution process; the congressional 

enactment process; and the budget execution process. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Describe the overall DoD resource allocation 

process and identify the terminology and concepts 

used in analyzing the costs of defense acquisition 

programs; 

•	 Explain the appropriations, policies, and practices 

applicable to developing a program budget; 

•	 Examine the planning, programming, budgeting, 

and execution process and the impact of programming and budgeting decisions on defense acquisition programs; 

•	 Summarize the congressional enactment process 

and the impact of congressional actions on defense 

acquisition programs; and 

•	 Identify the processes by which budget authority 

is apportioned, executed, and reprogrammed in 

accordance with public law. 

Target Attendees: BCF 103 is required for military officers 

and DoD civilians working in or selected for positions 

requiring knowledge or use of funds management 

principles. Industry personnel in equivalent fields are 

encouraged to attend. 

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management. 

Recommended: Baccalaureate degree and 1 year of 

acquisition experience 

Predecessor Course(s): BFM 201, Systems Acquisition 

Funds Management; BCF 201, Systems Acquisition 

Funds Management

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: PGC
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 29

 Learning Assets

I

n this course, cost estimating techniques learned 

in BCF 106 are applied in the development of cost 

estimates. Professionals will engage in guided discussions, investigate case scenarios, develop recommendations, and learn how to present their findings. 

Professionals will also explore techniques for using 

Microsoft® Excel and other computer applications to 

analyze data, develop cost-estimating relationships, 

and create supporting documentation. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Apply cost estimating techniques; 

•	 Interpret/evaluate data for use in cost estimate 

development; and 

•	 Use computer applications to development 

estimates. 

Target Attendees: BCF 107 is required for DoD employees 

responsible for the preparation of materiel system cost 

estimates. It is also beneficial for individuals who use 

information from life cycle cost estimates, supervise 

cost estimators, prepare budgets based on life cycle 

cost estimates, manage acquisition programs, evaluate 

and negotiate contract proposals, or want to learn 

cost-estimating basics. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 BCF 106, Fundamentals of Cost Analysis 

•	 Professionals need competence in algebra equal to 

a second-year high school algebra course. (An algebra tutorial is available at www.dau.mil/registrar/

_pre-courses.asp) 

•	 Knowledge and how of a calculator that has natural 

logarithms, exponentiation, and an inverse key

Predecessor Course(s): BCF 101, Fundamentals of Cost 

Analysis 

Course Length: 4.5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JH2

Note: You must pass a final examination at the conclusion of this course. You should be comfortable with 

mathematical expressions and have a fundamental 

understanding of probability and statistics.

BCF 107

Applied Cost Analysis 

Professionals taking this course work as members 

of an integrated product team for the system 

development and demonstration phase of a small 

ACAT I program. In the context of integrated program 

management, participants review, develop, and experience the earned value management (EVM)-related 

processes associated with requirements generation, 

acquisition strategy development, Request for Proposal development, source selection, risk management, 

Integrated Baseline Review, and analysis during program execution. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Articulate the relationship between EVM and 

defense acquisition management; 

•	 Develop EVM strategies consistent with EVM policy 

and appropriate for associated program risks; 

•	 Prepare EVM requirements for the Request for 

Proposal; 

•	 Evaluate integrated management systems with 

respect to the American National Standards Institute 

EVM industry standard; 

•	 Plan, organize, participate in, and manage a typical 

Integrated Baseline Review; and 

•	 Evaluate EVM data as an element of integrated 

program management that includes warfighter 

requirements, contracts, risk management, critical 

path schedules, and internal and external reporting. 

Target Attendees: This course is for military officers, 

O-3 and above; DoD civilians, GS-9 and above; and 

equivalent industry personnel needing knowledge of 

EVM principles. 

Prerequisite(s): BCF 102, Fundamentals of Earned Value 

Management 

Course Length: 8.5 days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: Q2G

BCF 203

Intermediate Earned Value Management 
30 Chapter 3

Contractor Business Strategies is an active learning experience designed to give a professional a 

better understanding of the federal government 

marketplace from a business perspective. Initially, participants are actively engaged in the life cycle process 

by which a typical manufacturing company produces 

and sells a product, receives payment for that sale, 

and ultimately, earns a profit or incurs a loss. During 

this process, the participants interact with company 

customers, bankers, shareholders, boards of directors, 

and other stakeholders. Participants deal with the allocation of indirect costs to multiple products, analyze 

the impact on overhead rates of the loss of projected 

government contracts, and develop a pricing strategy 

to win a government contract. While the scenarios and 

dilemmas focus primarily on these business activities 

from a contractor’s perspective, participants are also 

placed in the position of a government employee to 

evaluate the impact that contractors’ business strategies have on the government. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Identify the interrelationships that exist between the 

government customer and the contractor; 

•	 Analyze and evaluate the impact of government 

decisions and actions on the contractor; and 

•	 Analyze and evaluate the impact of contractor 

actions and strategies on the government customer. 

Target Attendees: This course is for military officers, O-3 

and above; and DoD civilians, GS-9 and above, who 

have 3 to 5 years of experience in financial management and are involved in the systems acquisition process, interface with contractors, or deal with contractor 

data. The course is also recommended for personnel 

in the Contracting and Program Management career 

fields. 

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B 

Course Length: 4 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: Q2A

BCF 204

Intermediate Cost Analysis

I

ntermediate Cost Analysis emphasizes development 

and application of cost-analysis techniques and estimate interpretation. The course addresses estimate 

definition and planning, data collection, formulation, 

review and presentation, and documentation. Estimating techniques—such as pararnetrics, analogies, expert 

opinions, and improvement curves—are addressed in 

more depth. Computations are done using automated 

cost estimating integrated tools. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Understand the cost-estimating process; 

•	 Normalize data for content, quantity, and economic 

year; 

•	 Develop cost estimates using various techniques; 

•	 Document cost models and estimates; 

•	 Apply time-phasing techniques in the development, 

production, and operating support phases of the life 

cycle, including cost improvements curves; and 

•	 Understand and perform sensitivity and risk analysis 

of an estimate. 

Target Attendees: This course is required for Level II 

certification for the DoD acquisition cost analyst. It is 

recommended for anyone in the financial management 

or earned value areas. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 BCF 106, Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

•	 BCF 107, Applied Cost Analysis 

Predecessor Course(s): BCE 204, Intermediate Cost 

Analysis

Recommended: 2 years of acquisition experience in cost 

estimating, financial management, or the earned value 

analysis job series is recommended. Algebra competence is essential, and some familiarity with statistics is 

beneficial. Professionals should direct math skills questions to the course manager. 

Course Length: 15 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: Q2B

Note: Participants must provide and be familiar with a 

scientific calculator.

BCF 205

Contractor Business Strategies 
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 31

 Learning Assets

Through practical exercises and a group workshop, 

Economic Analysis prepares professionals to 

conduct economic analyses within the DoD environment. Topics include decision analysis, cost analysis, 

present value, and sensitivity analysis. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Determine the most cost-effective way of conducting DoD business; 

•	 Determine alternatives that will warrant the highest 

benefits; 

•	 Estimate the costs of competing alternatives in an 

economic analysis in accordance with Office of Management and Budget Circular A-94; DoDI 7041.3; 

and DoD 7000.14R, Volume 2B, Chapter 58; 

•	 Assess the uncertainty that may exist, using sensitivity analysis and prior estimates of benefits and costs 

of competing alternatives in an economic analysis; 

and 

•	 Provide a rationale for conclusions. 

Target Attendees: This course is for personnel who 

develop and/or evaluate costs and benefits of alternative courses of action (lease vs. buy, in-house vs. 

contractor, privatization vs. outsourcing, or repair vs. 

replace). Participants typically include members of the 

Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management 

community. This course would also be appropriate for 

personnel in Program Management; Contracting; Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering; Information Technology; and non-DoD personnel 

who conduct economic analyses of materiel systems. 

Prerequisite(s): None

Predecessor Course(s): BCE 207, Economic Analysis

Recommended: A working familiarity with any spreadsheet package 

Course Length: 5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: Q2D

BCF 206

Cost/Risk Analysis 

Cost analysts taking this course are given an 

overview of how to model the cost/risk associated with a defense acquisition program. Topics 

covered include basic probability concepts, subjective 

probability assessment, goodness-of-fit testing, basic 

simulation concepts, and spreadsheet-based simulation. Practical exercises and a small-group Monte Carlo 

simulation-based cost risk case reinforce the techniques taught. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Assess subjective probabilities to represent uncertain cost elements in a defense acquisition program; 

•	 Model the cost/risk associated with a defense acquisition program; and 

•	 Judge the reasonableness of a cost/risk analysis for 

a defense acquisition program. 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for personnel 

whose duties include developing and/or evaluating 

cost estimates for such areas as procurement, software, research and development, and weapon systems; 

planning and management of DoD systems acquisitions; evaluation and negotiation of contract proposals; 

and cost and performance trade-off analyses. Participants typically include members of the Business, Cost 

Estimating, and Financial Management community as 

well as personnel in Program Management; Contracting; Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering; and Information Technology. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 BCF 106, Fundamentals of Cost Analysis 

•	 BCF 107, Applied Cost Analysis

Predecessor Course(s): BCE 206, Cost Risk Analysis

Course Length: You have 30 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course. 

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: Q2C

BCF 207

Economic Analysis 
32 Chapter 3

BCF 209

Acquisition Reporting for MDAPs and MAIS 

Software Cost Estimating is designed for those 

who estimate and/or review the cost of software 

development and maintenance. Topics include life 

cycle management, development paradigms, capability evaluations, risk analysis, reuse, commercial off-theshelf items, function points, Institute of Electrical and 

Electronics Engineers/Electronic Industries Alliance 

12207, parametric models, and model calibration. Case 

studies allow participants to apply the course materials 

to real-life examples. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Describe the software acquisition process; 

•	 Determine an appropriate cost-estimating methodology and the types of data required for a software 

cost estimate; 

•	 Use models for software life cycle cost estimating; 

•	 Compare and contrast alternative techniques for 

software cost estimating; 

•	 Apply software cost-estimating techniques; 

•	 Discuss the strengths and weaknesses of software 

cost-estimating models; and 

•	 Discuss major influences on software cost estimating. 

Target Attendees: This course is for personnel whose 

duties impact embedded or automated information 

systems acquisitions. It includes developing and/or 

evaluating cost estimates for life-cycle management, 

planning and managing DoD systems acquisitions, 

evaluating and/or negotiating contract proposals, or 

analyzing cost and performance trade-offs. Participants typically include those in the Business, Cost 

Estimating, and Financial Management career field as 

well as personnel in Program Management, Software 

Engineering, and Information Technology. 

Prerequisite(s): SAM 101, Basic Software Acquisition 

Management 

Predecessor Course(s): BCE 208, Software Cost 

Estimating

Recommended: ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B; BCF 106, Fundamentals of Cost Analysis; 

BCF 107, Applied Cost Analysis; and a working familiarity with any personal computer word-processing 

package 

Course Length: You have 30 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: Q2E

BCF 208

Software Cost Estimating 

Acquisition Reporting for Major Defense Acquisition Programs (MDAPs) and Major Automated 

Information Systems (MAIS) programs provides 

training on how to prepare an Acquisition Program 

Baseline (APB), a Defense Acquisition Executive Summary (DAES), and a Selected Acquisition Report (SAR). 

Nunn-McCurdy unit cost reporting for MDAPs is also 

addressed. During the in-class lecture and computerassisted case studies, the participants learn step-bystep report preparation using the Defense Acquisition 

Management Information Retrieval Web application. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to prepare, generate, and review Defense 

Acquisition Management Information Retrieval-based 

acquisition documents, including the APB, the DAES, 

and the SAR. 

Target Attendees: This course is for military officers, 

O-1 and above; and DoD civilians, GS-7 and above. It 

is generally limited to acquisition personnel whose 

assignment requires preparation or review of MDAP 

and MAIS acquisition reporting information using the 

Defense Acquisition Management Information Retrieval 

application. Civilians under contract to support a DoD 

program office with an APB, DAES, or SAR reporting 

requirement are eligible. Professionals may take this 

course as a refresher to obtain information updates on 

acquisition reporting policy and the Defense Acquisition Management Information Retrieval application. 

Prerequisite(s): CLB 014, Acquisition Reporting Concepts 

and Policy Requirements

Predecessor Course(s): BFM 209, Selected Acquisition 

Report; BCF 209C, Acquisition Reporting Course, 

Part C

Recommended: ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management, and BCF 103, Fundamentals 

of Business Financial Management 

Course Length: 4 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: Q2F
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 33

 Learning Assets

BCF 215

Operating and Support Cost Analysis 

BCF 211

Acquisition Business Management 

Obtain hands-on experience in dealing with common financial issues in acquisition that include 

cost estimating; earned value analysis; planning, 

programming, budgeting, and execution; congressional 

enactment; and budget preparation and execution. 

Sixty days prior to the resident portion of the course, 

participants must complete a self-paced review of 

basic concepts. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Prepare, justify, and defend budget exhibits and 

obligation/expenditure plans; 

•	 Formulate impact/reclama statements and reports; 

and 

•	 Develop and defend business aspects of the acquisition and planning, programming, budgeting, and 

execution cycle. 

Target Attendees: This course is for intermediate-level 

personnel in positions supporting DoD weapons 

systems and various aspects of business and financial 

management throughout the life cycle of a system. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 BCF 102, Fundamentals of Earned Value 

Management 

•	 BCE 103, Fundamentals of Business Financial 

Management 

Recommended: 2 years of acquisition experience and 

completion of ACQ 201B 

Predecessor Course(s): BCF 211B, Acquisition Business 

Management

Course Length: You have 65 days to complete online 

precourse work; the resident portion of the course is 5 

class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PGD

Participants learn the concepts and methodologies needed to develop operating and support 

cost estimates, total ownership cost reduction 

studies, cost as an independent variable management 

processes, and other management decisions in which 

operating and support costs are relevant. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Recognize the full spectrum of costs included in 

operating and support cost estimates; 

•	 Plan and perform an operating and support cost 

estimate that appropriately supports defense management decisions; 

•	 Obtain and normalize operating and support data; 

•	 Apply appropriate cost-estimating methods and 

models; 

•	 Document estimates; and 

•	 Apply economic analysis tools to evaluate alternative courses of action. 

Target Attendees: This course should be taken by personnel whose duties include developing and/or evaluating 

operating and support cost estimates, conducting 

logistics support analyses, engineering development 

in programs implementing cost as an independent 

variable or reduction in total ownership cost management, and preparing cost and performance trade-off 

analyses such as force-structure studies. Participants 

will typically include professionals from the Business, 

Cost Estimating, and Financial Management; Life Cycle 

Logistics; and Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering career fields. This course is also 

appropriate for program/project managers. 

Prerequisite(s): Competence in algebra is required

Recommended: BCF 106, Fundamentals of Cost Analysis; 

BCF 107, Applied Cost Analysis; ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management; and 2 years 

of experience in defense acquisition cost estimating, 

financial management, logistics, engineering, or program management 

Course Length: 5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: Q2H
34 Chapter 3

BCF 263

Principles of Schedule Management

BCF 262

EVMS Validation and Surveillance 

Gain the knowledge needed to review integrated 

management systems and to determine their 

compliance with the American National Standards Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance (ANSI/

EIA) 748A Earned Value Management System (EVMS) 

standard. Course material, individual exercises, and 

group exercises review the 32 ANSI/EIA 748A EVMS 

guidelines and the processes associated with validation 

and surveillance of contractor and government integrated management systems. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete the course 

will be able to: 

•	 Interpret the management value, the intent, and the 

typical attributes for each of the 32 ANSI/EIA 748A 

EVMS guidelines; 

•	 Describe integrated management system products 

and capabilities that demonstrate ANSI/EIA 748A 

EVMS guideline compliance; 

•	 Understand the interrelationship of the guidelines, 

EVMS integrated management control systems, and 

the nine EVM business processes; 

•	 Understand validation and surveillance processes to 

be able to perform routine surveillance of existing 

EVM systems and to participate in EVMS validation 

reviews; 

•	 Describe the progressive steps that should be taken 

to deal with EVMS non-compliance situations; and 

•	 Demonstrate interview techniques needed to 

conduct EVMS validation reviews and targeted 

surveillance. 

Target Attendees: This course is for personnel responsible for EVMS surveillance, EVMS validation, contract 

administration, and contract auditing. 

Prerequisite(s): BCF 102, Fundamentals of Earned Value 

Management 

Course Length: 8 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHX

The Principles of Schedule Management course 

provides knowledge needed to interpret network 

schedules required by DoD policy and the American National Standards Institute/Electronic Industries 

Alliance (ANSI/EIA) 748A Earned Value Management 

System (EVMS) standard. Course material, individual 

exercises, and group exercises using Microsoft® Project 

demonstrate the schedule development/maintenance 

process. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete the course 

will be able to: 

•	 Describe DoD policy related to the integrated master schedule; 

•	 Be familiar with basic schedule terminology and the 

different types of scheduling presentations; 

•	 Apply the precedence diagram method of scheduling to analyze precedence diagram method network 

schedules; 

•	 Create precedence diagram method networks and 

Microsoft® Project schedules; 

•	 Identify the critical path and near-critical path(s) to 

a program, project, or any specific milestone in a 

schedule; 

•	 Calculate schedule risk assessments using Monte 

Carlo simulation software; and 

•	 Identify properly developed/structured schedules 

and associated risks. 

Target Attendees: This course is for personnel responsible for interpreting acquisition network schedules, 

conducting EVMS surveillance and validation, contract 

administration, and project management. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition 

Management 

•	 CLB 016, Introduction to Earned Value Management 

•	 CLM 012, Scheduling

Recommended: CLB 017, Performance Measurement 

Baseline; CLB 018, Earned Value and Financial Management Reports; CLB 019, Estimate at Completion; and 

CLB 020, Baseline Maintenance 

Course Length: 3 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHV
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 35

 Learning Assets

This capstone course teaches professionals how 

to apply business, cost estimating, and financial 

management concepts, techniques, and on-thejob experience to functional interrelationships and 

opportunities among the disciplines of cost estimating, 

earned value management, and financial management. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Explain the tasks and duties of business, cost estimating, and financial management functions; 

•	 Define current business, cost estimating, and financial management-related laws, regulations, policies, 

and procedures; 

•	 Evaluate the interrelationships among the business, 

cost estimating, and financial management functions; and 

•	 Point out the appropriate decision-making information based on the integrated nature of a business, 

cost estimating, and financial management task. 

Target Attendees: This course is for personnel in positions supporting DoD weapons systems and the 

various aspects of business and financial management 

throughout the life cycle of a system. 

Prerequisite(s): Level II certification in Business, Cost 

Estimating, and Financial Management 

Recommended: 4 years of acquisition experience 

Course Length: 9 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BZF

Note: Those who have not completed BCF 211 within 

the past 2 years are strongly encouraged to browse 

the following continuous learning modules, available at 

https://learn.dau.mil/html/clc/clc.jsp:

•	 Cost Analysis (CLB 007) 

•	 Program Execution (CLB 008) 

•	 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution 

and Budget Exhibits (CLB 009) 

•	 Congressional Enactment (CLB 010) 

•	 Budget Policy (CLB 011) 

•	 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports 

(CLB 018) 

•	 Estimate at Completion (CLB 019)

BCF 301

Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial 

Management Workshop 

CON 100

Shaping Smart Business Arrangements 

Personnel new to the Contracting career field 

will gain a comprehensive understanding of the 

environment in which they will serve. They will 

develop professional skills for making business decisions and for advising other acquisition team members 

in successfully meeting customers’ needs. Before 

beginning their study of technical knowledge and contracting procedures, course attendees will learn about 

the different DoD mission areas and the procurement 

alternatives for each. Knowledge management and 

information systems will be introduced as well. Small 

group exercises will prepare attendees to provide 

contracting support within the overarching business 

relationships of government and industry. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Describe the acquisition/contracting mission and its 

impact on the U.S. economic system; 

•	 Select training and development opportunities for 

career progression; 

•	 Describe the interdependence of functional team 

members; 

•	 Describe the importance of the oversight roles of 

the Government Accountability Office and the DoD 

Inspector General; 

•	 Explain the characteristics and responsibilities of 

the contracting professional in the role of a business 

advisor; 

•	 Explain the distinctive interests of both the buyer 

and seller and the role those interests play; 

•	 Determine the relationship between financial and 

acquisition communities and how fundamental 

financial principles and requirements are important; 

•	 Describe commercial acquisition and governmentunique requirements of market research in identifying the best arrangements to meet mission requirements; and 

•	 Explain e-business and information technology in 

supporting business processes. 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for personnel 

new to the contracting workforce or non-contracting 

personnel who play a role in the acquisition process.

Prerequisite(s): None 

Course Length: 4 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident (Distance Learning beginning in January 2009)

PDS Code: JHE
36 Chapter 3

Mission-Planning Execution provides professionals with the knowledge necessary to execute 

an acquisition that optimizes the customer’s 

mission performance. Participants will learn the techniques and benefits of early industry involvement in 

shaping requirements, basic procedures for acquisition 

of both commercial and noncommercial requirements, 

and how to effectively conduct price analysis and 

determine when a price is fair and reasonable. Finally, 

participants will learn how to conduct basic competitive acquisitions, process awards, and handle protests 

before and after the contract award. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Evaluate and determine the adequacy of a purchase 

request package; 

•	 Identify the components of and procedures for 

preparing an oral or written solicitation; 

•	 Identify and select a technique for making a price 

reasonableness determination; 

•	 Recognize factors to be considered when evaluating 

and providing government financing; 

•	 Conduct price analysis to determine a fair and reasonable price; and 

•	 Identify appropriate actions to resolve protests. 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for personnel 

new to the contracting workforce or non-contracting 

personnel who play a role in the acquisition process. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 110, Mission-Support Planning 

Predecessor Course(s): CON 101, Basics of Contracting

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. The course consists of 8 lessons that 

could be completed in approximately 26 hours. You 

must pass a final examination at the conclusion of this 

course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: BE8

CON 111

Mission-Planning Execution 

CON 110

Mission-Support Planning 

New contracting personnel will gain an understanding of their role as business advisors in the 

acquisition process. This course will help professionals learn how they can support their customers’ 

mission and how they can plan successful missionsupport strategies based on their knowledge of the 

contracting environment and their customers’ needs. 

Participants will learn how to use the Federal Acquisition Regulation and the Defense Federal Acquisition 

Regulation Supplement, conduct effective market 

research, develop alternative acquisition strategies, and 

understand how socioeconomic programs support the 

acquisition-planning process. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Identify key characteristics necessary to establish 

successful customer relationships; 

•	 Locate information in the Federal Acquisition Regulation and the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement; 

•	 Identify, select, and analyze sources and types of 

market research information available for a specific 

acquisition; 

•	 Identify factors to consider when developing an 

acquisition strategy and a requirements documents; 

•	 Differentiate among various socioeconomic programs; and 

•	 Differentiate among various methods of acquisition 

and contract types. 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for personnel 

new to the contracting workforce or non-contracting 

personnel who play a role in the acquisition process. 

Prerequisite(s): None

Predecessor Course(s): CON 101, Basics of Contracting

Recommended: CON 100, Shaping Smart Business 

Arrangements 

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. The course consists of 8 lessons that 

could be completed in approximately 23 hours. You 

must pass a final examination at the conclusion of this 

course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: BE0
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 37

 Learning Assets

CON 112

Mission-Performance Assessment 

CON 120

Mission-Focused Contracting

Mission-Focused Contracting is the capstone 

course for Level I Contracting professionals. 

This course engages the participant in the 

entire acquisition process, from meeting with the customer to completing the contract closeout process. 

Participants will have an opportunity to learn and apply 

leadership, problem-solving, and negotiation skills. 

Using an integrated case study approach, participants 

will apply the knowledge and skills gained in previous 

Level I contracting courses. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Provide contracting advice based on market 

research; 

•	 Prepare a solicitation package; 

•	 Prepare, award, and debrief a contract requirement; 

•	 Evaluate price reasonableness and conduct price 

negotiations; 

•	 Plan and conduct a post-award conference; and 

•	 Modify a contract, exercise a contract option, and 

complete the contract closeout process. 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for personnel 

new to the contracting workforce or non-contracting 

personnel who play a role in the acquisition process. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 CON 100, Shaping Smart Business Arrangements 

•	 CON 112, Mission-Performance Assessment 

Predecessor Course(s): CON 104B, Principles of Contract 

Pricing, Part B; CON 104, Principles of Contract Pricing

Course Length: 10 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHN

Mission-Performance Assessment builds on the 

foundation established in CON 110 and CON 

111. The course provides professionals with the 

knowledge they need to identify and utilize appropriate performance metrics when evaluating the contractor’s performance in the mission. Course participants 

will explore processes for working with their customer 

to ensure contract performance meets mission requirements. Participants will explore assessment strategies 

and performance remedies, and they’ll learn how to 

make and price contract changes after award, handle 

disputes, and close out completed contracts. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Evaluate a contractor’s performance in the mission; 

•	 Identify and evaluate commercial and noncommercial financing arrangements; 

•	 Determine the appropriate actions necessary to 

ensure customer satisfaction; 

•	 Identify and select the appropriate course of action 

for resolving a contractor dispute; and 

•	 Identify contract closeout procedures. 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for personnel 

new to the contracting workforce or non-contracting 

personnel who play a role in the acquisition process. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 111, Mission-Planning Execution 

Predecessor Course(s): CON 101, Basics of Contracting

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. The course consists of 6 lessons that 

could be completed in approximately 14 hours. You 

must pass a final examination at the conclusion of this 

course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: BE9
38 Chapter 3

I

ntermediate Contracting for Mission Support 

involves a case study in which professionals apply 

the knowledge and skills learned in the Level I Contracting courses and CON 214. Course participants 

demonstrate their ability to develop and execute business strategies to meet customer requirements. This 

course helps develop critical thinking, customer needs 

analysis, procurement strategy development, and 

source selection skills necessary for successful contract 

performance. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Develop a variety of options/alternate strategies 

to meet mission needs and promote customer 

satisfaction; 

•	 Apply appropriate laws, regulations, and policies to 

a complex procurement; 

•	 Apply formal source selection procedures; 

•	 Conduct a competitive discussion; and 

•	 Execute the appropriate contract arrangement to 

support customer needs. 

Target Attendees: This course is for intermediate-level 

contracting personnel who are Level I certified in Contracting and have 2 years of contracting experience. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 214, Business Decisions for 

Contracting 

Predecessor Course(s): CON 202, Intermediate 

Contracting

Course Length: 8 class days preceded by a 2-week online 

classroom requirement 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHQ

CON 215

Intermediate Contracting for Mission Support 

CON 214

Business Decisions for Contracting 

Business Decisions for Contracting builds on contracting Level I pre-award business and contracting knowledge necessary to process complex 

procurements. The emphasis of this course is on planning successful mission-support strategies and executing an acquisition that optimizes customer mission 

performance. Professionals will learn the techniques for 

building successful business relationships, the benefits 

of strategic sourcing and spend analysis, and the ins 

and outs of providing contract financing. Also, professionals will take an in-depth look at subcontracting, 

how to conduct a formal source selection, and how to 

analyze the information necessary to determine contractor responsibility. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Identify how business relationships affect customer 

support; 

•	 Identify a strategic sourcing recommendation based 

upon the results of a spend analysis; 

•	 Identify contract risks and appropriate management 

strategies; 

•	 Select the appropriate contract financing terms 

and/or conditions for a given contract; 

•	 Determine subcontract requirements; 

•	 Identify the source selection processes and procedures; and 

•	 Determine if a contractor is responsible. 

Target Attendees: This course is for intermediate-level 

contracting personnel who are Level I certified in Contracting and have 2 years of contracting experience. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 112, Mission-Performance Assessment, if assigned to an Industrial/Contract Property 

Management position 

Predecessor Course(s): CON 202, Intermediate 

Contracting

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. The course consists of 9 lessons that could 

be completed in approximately 19 hours. 

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JHP
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 39

 Learning Assets

CON 217

Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques 

This course focuses on legal considerations in the 

procurement process. Participants are introduced 

to the basic principles and sources of law relevant 

to procurement, including fiscal law. The course also 

addresses various other legal issues that may develop 

during the course of a contract, such as protests, 

assignment of claims, disputes, fraud, contractor debt, 

performance issues, and contract termination. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Identify the legal and ethical principles that apply to 

government contracts; 

•	 Identify different processes through which challenges may be filed against a federal acquisition; 

•	 Identify the legal obligations of both parties when a 

contract performance issue arises; 

•	 Identify formal dispute-resolution procedures under 

the Contract Disputes Act; 

•	 Identify criminal, civil, and administrative remedies 

for contract fraud; 

•	 Identify the tools for recovering monies owed the 

government; and 

•	 Select the process and procedures for terminating a 

contract. 

Target Attendees: This course is for intermediate-level contracting personnel who are 

Level I certified in Contracting and have 2 

years of contracting experience. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 112, Mission-Performance Assessment, if assigned to an 

Industrial/Contract Property Management 

position

Predecessor Course(s): CON 210, Government 

Contract Law

Recommended: CON 215, Intermediate Contracting for Mission Support 

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to 

complete this course. The course consists of 

11 lessons that could be completed in approximately 23 hours. 

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JHR

CON 216

Legal Considerations in Contracting 

Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques builds 

on the basic pricing skills covered in the Level I 

Contracting curriculum and introduces methods 

and techniques necessary to analyze a contractor’s 

cost proposal and to develop a government negotiation objective. Students will apply the cost analysis 

techniques to analyze a contractor’s proposal and 

develop a cost objective. The course also introduces 

negotiation terminology, styles, and techniques. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Determine when cost analysis should be used; 

•	 Identify the use and application of a contract audit; 

•	 Make a determination on a contractor’s estimating 

and accounting systems; 

•	 Calculate a cost objective for direct material, direct 

labor, other direct costs, indirect costs, facilities cost 

of money, and profit/fee; 

•	 Calculate a price/cost objective using simple regression analysis, learning curve analysis, and statistics; 

and 

•	 Outline the process for conducting contract 

negotiations. 

Target Attendees: This course is for intermediate-level 

contracting personnel who are Level I certified in Contracting and have 2 years of contracting experience. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 112, Mission-Performance 

Assessment

Predecessor Course(s): CON 204, Intermediate Contract 

Pricing

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. The course consists of 13 lessons that could 

be completed in approximately 32 hours. 

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning/Resident

Note: The delivery method of this course will change 

from a Distance Learning course to a combined 

Web-based/online and resident course in January 

2009. When implemented, this course will be treated 

as a resident course for registration purposes. The 

Web-based/online section will provide instruction on 

13 cost analysis and negotiation topics. Students must 

complete the online section at least 14 days prior to the 

classroom start date. The resident course will be 4.5 

class days.

PDS Code: JHS
40 Chapter 3

Overhead Management of Defense Contracts 

provides an understanding of industry overhead 

costs and the costs’ impact on seller pricing/

business strategies under various acquisition environments with differing contract types. Attendees 

will understand the development and application of 

overhead rates used in contract formation, administration, and closeout. The course-integrating case study 

provides hands-on application of the overhead-rate 

process in which attendees determine their own final 

overhead rates. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Develop, evaluate, and apply indirect rates; 

•	 Assess program impacts with the changing business 

base; 

•	 Interpret Defense Contract Audit Agency audit 

reports and evaluate recommendations; and 

•	 Make final decisions on cost issues. 

Target Attendees: This course is appropriate for contracting officers, buyers, price analysts, auditors, and 

contract administration personnel who are assigned to 

projects in which overhead situations are present. It is 

also appropriate for those who are involved in either 

contract formation or administration. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 120, Mission-Focused Contracting

Recommended: 

•	 CON 217, Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques

•	 Level I certified in Contracting 

•	 2 years of contracting experience 

Course Length: 10 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BKA

CON 232

Overhead Management of Defense Contracts 

This course involves a case study in which professionals apply the knowledge and skills learned in 

the Levels I and II courses. Course participants 

demonstrate their ability to negotiate fair and reasonable prices and to consider the legal implications 

for various contract situations. The case study helps 

develop critical thinking, cost analysis, negotiation, and 

contract administration skills necessary for successful 

contract performance. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Develop a proactive strategic approach to satisfy 

the customer’s evolving requirements; 

•	 Take appropriate action to resolve various situations 

with legal implications; 

•	 Use a Defense Contract Audit Agency audit report 

to prepare a negotiation objective; 

•	 Apply the full range of contract pricing techniques 

to develop a pre-negotiation objective; 

•	 Develop a negotiation strategy for a noncompetitive 

negotiation; 

•	 Conduct a noncompetitive negotiation; and 

•	 Manage contract performance in accordance with 

the contract. 

Target Attendees: This course is for intermediate-level 

contracting personnel who are Level I certified in Contracting and have 2 years of contracting experience. 

Prerequisite(s):

•	 CON 215, Intermediate Contracting for Mission 

Support 

•	 CON 216, Legal Considerations in Contracting 

•	 CON 217, Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques 

Course Length: 10 class days preceded by a 2-week 

online classroom requirement 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHT

CON 218

Advanced Contracting for Mission Support 
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 41

 Learning Assets

CON 234

Contingency Contracting 

Contingency Contracting develops skills for contracting support provided to Joint Forces across 

the full spectrum of military and disaster relief 

operations. Exercises focus on unique aspects of contingency, critical thinking skills, and the execution of 

appropriate contractual instruments. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Identify and apply contracting laws, regulations, and 

procedures for contingencies; 

•	 Apply ethical principles in procurement decisions in 

foreign environments; 

•	 Identify and apply control measures as they apply to 

contractors accompanying the force; 

•	 Summarize and discuss elements of contingency 

contracting support planning; 

•	 Assess customer requirements and execute appropriate procurement actions; 

•	 Prepare, assemble, administer, and close out contracts, documents, files, and reports; and 

•	 Recognize cross-cultural behavior patterns and 

antiterrorism force protection measures and explain 

their impact on contingency contracting. 

Target Attendees: This course is for Contracting and Purchasing career field personnel who are in deployable 

positions. Whenever practical, professionals should 

attend the course prior to assuming duties as a deployable contracting officer or purchasing agent. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 112, Mission-Performance 

Assessment 

Course Length: 9 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

Note: Acquisition workforce personnel supporting 

emergency acquisitions should complete the Emergency Response and Recovery Contracting Course. 

For information on this course, visit the Federal Acquisition Institute at www.fai.gov. 

PDS Code: PAP
42 Chapter 3

Value engineering is a systematic effort directed 

at analyzing the functional requirements of a 

system, equipment, facility, procedure, service, 

or supply item to achieve essential functions at the 

lowest overall cost. This course provides a review of the 

contractual aspects of value engineering as it applies 

to government supply/service contracts, and to the 

Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 48 and the applicable value engineering clause. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Apply the appropriate value engineering clause by 

differentiating among the types of value engineering 

programs; 

•	 Validate, by assessment, value engineering change 

proposals for business case acceptability; 

•	 Calculate savings resulting from accepted value 

engineering change proposals; and 

•	 Modify the contract after formal processing and 

acceptance of value engineering change proposals. 

Target Attendees: This course is for contracting, program 

management, and functional personnel who may be 

involved in value engineering applications or support 

major weapons systems and can be expected to 

encounter specific value engineering activity. Although 

the course is targeted for contracting personnel, individuals not assigned to contracting are encouraged to 

attend. 

Prerequisite(s): None

Recommended: Level II certification in Contracting; a 

working knowledge of contracting, program management, or a related functional area of expertise; or 2 

years of experience 

Predecessor Course(s): CON 212, Contractual Aspects of 

Value Engineering

Course Length: You have 19 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course. 

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: PAR

CON 236

Contractual Aspects of Value Engineering 

Covering topics from price-based acquisition to the 

traditional cost-based environment, this course is 

designed for buyers, price analysts, and contracting officers tasked with obtaining fair and reasonable 

prices. CON 235 addresses market forces, the market 

research process, commerciality issues, and cost/price 

analysis techniques such as interviewing experts, analogy, decision theory, earned value statistics, parametrics, learning curves, and risk analysis. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Use inferential statistics and hypotheses testing; 

•	 Analyze the relationship between two or more 

variables, describe that relationship using regression 

analysis, and defend the appropriateness of the 

model; 

•	 Perform cost-risk analysis to support pre-negotiation objectives; 

•	 Integrate quantitative techniques in a cost/price 

estimate; 

•	 Conduct market research on a given procurement 

item; and 

•	 Conduct a price analysis of a commercial item as 

broadly defined by Federal Acquisition Regulation 

criteria. 

Target Attendees: This course is for any Level II/III 

personnel desiring advancement in major acquisitions 

(systems, sustainment, or services), particularly in a 

price-based acquisition environment. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 CON 218, Advanced Contracting for Mission Support 

•	 Note: CON 204, Intermediate Contract Pricing, will 

be accepted as a prerequisite equivalent of CON 218

Recommended: Level II certification in Contracting 

Course Length: 10 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PAQ

CON 235

Advanced Contract Pricing 
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 43

 Learning Assets

CON 243

Architect-Engineer Contracting 

Professionals participating in this course will gain 

training on Part 13 of the Federal Acquisition 

Regulation and Part 213 of the Defense Federal 

Acquisition Regulation Supplement, which cover simplified acquisition procedures (SAP). 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Recognize and explain the advantages of using 

simplified acquisition procedures; 

•	 Identify the types of purchases that can be made 

using simplified acquisition procedures; 

•	 Perform market research appropriate to the 

acquisition; 

•	 Determine when required sources must be used; 

•	 Determine the extent of competition required when 

using SAP; 

•	 Select the appropriate method of solicitation using 

SAP; 

•	 Select the appropriate method of purchase using 

SAP; 

•	 Evaluate quotes or offers; 

•	 Make awards using SAP; and 

•	 Identify common contract administration issues 

related to simplified acquisitions. 

Target Attendees: This course is required for those pursuing Level I certification in the Purchasing career field. 

It may also be taken by those in the Contracting career 

field seeking Core Plus training. 

Prerequisite(s): None 

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: 

Distance Learning

PDS Code: PAS

CON 237

Simplified Acquisition Procedures 

This course, focusing on contracting for architectengineers, covers issues across the contracting 

spectrum, including acquisition planning, source 

selection, proposal analysis, contract award and work, 

and contract management. Specific topics and practical exercises allow professionals to gain knowledge 

of the Brooks Act, SF-330, the slate and selection 

process, the review of government estimates, liability, 

Title II services, modifications, and contracting officer’s 

technical representative responsibilities. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Determine the necessity of using Brooks Act 

procedures; 

•	 Select an architect-engineer firm; 

•	 Negotiate, award, manage, and administer a contract; and 

•	 Understand critical pre- and post-award functions 

concerning architect-engineer contracts. 

Target Attendees: This course is intended for those who 

are Level I certified in Contracting and are assigned 

contracting responsibilities for architect-engineer 

contracts. Whenever practical, professionals should 

attend CON 243 prior to assuming architect-engineer 

contracting duties. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 120, Mission-Focused Contracting 

Course Length: 5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PGF
44 Chapter 3

F

undamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part 

I provides detailed, hands-on instruction in the 

various aspects of Public Law 100-679, including 

the rules and regulations of the Cost Accounting Standards Board, cost accounting standards, and disclosure 

statements for federal contracts. This course addresses 

only those standards applicable to modified cost 

accounting standards coverage. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Determine if a given practice is compliant with cost 

accounting standard 401, 402, 405, and 406 (modified cost accounting standard coverage); 

•	 Verify applicability of cost accounting standard and 

type of coverage; 

•	 Determine if and when disclosure of the contractor’s 

practices is required; 

•	 Determine if a cost impact proposal is necessary; 

and 

•	 Determine appropriate contract adjustments (if a 

cost impact proposal is necessary). 

Target Attendees: CON 250 is for military officers, O-3 

and above, or civilians, GS-9 and above, with at least 

2 years of experience in the Contracting career field. 

Personnel should be responsible for cost accounting 

standards administration for one or more contractors 

or have a current (or pending) assignment dealing with 

cost accounting standards-related issues. 

Prerequisite(s): CLC 008, Indirect Costs

Recommended: Completion of a first-year college 

accounting course or equivalent and completion of 

CON 232, Overhead Management of Defense Contracts 

Course Length: 5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BZM

CON 250

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—

Part I 

This course focuses on construction contracting 

issues involving acquisition planning, contract 

performance management, funding, environmental concerns, construction contract language, construction contracting in the commercial setting, the DavisBacon Act, design/build, basic schedule delay analysis, 

constructive changes, acceleration, and construction 

contract quality management. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Conduct appropriate, successful, effective construction acquisition planning; 

•	 Properly solicit and award a construction contract; 

•	 Diagnose, troubleshoot, and determine better construction contract administration; and 

•	 Select the best construction business decision, 

given the contract situation, using critical analysis/

thinking. 

Target Attendees: This course is for those in the Contracting career field or assigned specific contract 

administration duties for construction contracts, e.g., 

professional engineers, quality assurance personnel, 

and legal counsel personnel. Whenever practical, professionals should attend this course prior to assuming 

duties related to construction contracting. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 120, Mission-Focused Contracting 

Course Length: 5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PGG

CON 244

Construction Contracting 
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 45

 Learning Assets

CON 260A

The Small Business Program, Part A 

F

undamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part 

II provides detailed, hands-on instruction in the 

various aspects of Public Law 100-679, including 

the rules and regulations of the Cost Accounting Standards Board and cost accounting standards. Whereas 

Part I addresses only those standards applicable to 

modified cost accounting standards coverage, Part II 

addresses additional standards for full cost accounting 

standards coverage situations. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Determine if a given practice is compliant with cost 

accounting standards (full cost accounting standards coverage); 

•	 Verify applicability and compliance with the numerous standards for fully covered contractors, including cost accounting standards 403-404, 407-411, 

414-415, 417-418, and 420; 

•	 Determine if and when disclosure of the contractor’s 

practices is required; 

•	 Determine whether a cost impact proposal is necessary; and 

•	 Determine appropriate contract adjustments (if a 

cost impact proposal is necessary). 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for civilian 

(or equivalent military) personnel, GS-9 and above, 

with at least 2 years of experience in the Contracting 

career field. Personnel should be responsible for cost 

accounting standards administration for one or more 

fully covered contractors or have a current (or pending) assignment dealing with fully covered contractor 

cost accounting standards issues on a regular basis. 

Prerequisite(s): CON 250, Fundamentals of Cost 

Accounting Standards—Part I

Recommended: Completion of a first-year college 

accounting course or equivalent and completion of 

CON 232, Overhead Management of Defense Contracts 

Course Length: 5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BZN

CON 251

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—

Part II 

The Small Business Program, Part A, provides an 

overview of the fundamentals of the DoD Small 

Business Program and focuses particular attention on the small business specialist’s role as a vital 

member of the acquisition team. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Recognize those factors that shape and govern the 

Small Business Program; and 

•	 Identify the duties and responsibilities of the small 

business specialist in implementing the Small Business Program. 

Target Attendees: This class is designed for all acquisition 

professionals who partake in matters relating to the 

DoD Small Business Program. 

Prerequisite(s): None 

Course Length: You have 24 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: J08
46 Chapter 3

Advanced Business Solutions for Mission Support 

is required for a professional to obtain Level 

III certification in Contracting. Participants are 

given realistic scenarios and work in teams to practice 

developing sound business solutions as a valued strategic and expert business advisor. The course is designed 

to teach professionals to contribute solutions to senior 

leadership and supervisors. It is also designed to provide an overview of community of practice resources 

available for those in the Contracting career field. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Effectively apply business leadership and expertise 

(technical, business, and financial) to missionsupporting business solutions; 

•	 Innovate and use best practices in combination with 

critical thinking, problem-solving, and dilemmaresolution skills for improved planning, execution, 

and performance management outcomes; 

•	 Develop business solutions that reflect consideration of risk and impacts on performance; and 

•	 Contribute to the development and implementation 

of change through an improved understanding of 

the legislative, regulatory, and policy processes. 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for professionals who work or are projected to work in a position 

requiring Level III certification in Contracting. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 At least 1 year of contracting or property experience 

after obtaining Level II certification in Contracting or 

Industrial/Contract Property Management 

•	 CON 218, Advanced Contracting for Mission Support 

(only if not Level II certified in Contracting or Industrial/Contract Property Management)

Predecessor Course(s): CON 333, Management for Contracting Supervisors

Course Length: 10 class days preceded by required online 

assignments 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHI

CON 353

Advanced Business Solutions for Mission 

Support 

Afollow-on course to CON 260A, this course 

focuses on developing the skills and knowledge 

necessary for a small business specialist. Associated programs and initiatives that support the program 

and DoD’s efforts to improve small business participation in both prime contracting and subcontracting 

will also be reviewed, with particular attention to the 

small business specialist’s role as a vital member of the 

acquisition team. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Describe how to provide assistance to small businesses in finding government prime contracting and 

subcontracting opportunities; 

•	 Determine if a business is small; 

•	 Conduct market research to maximize small business participation at the prime and subcontracting 

levels; 

•	 Participate as an active member of the acquisition 

team in developing an appropriate acquisition strategy that maximizes small business participation; 

•	 Describe the Small Business Administration’s role in 

the acquisition process; 

•	 Implement subcontracting requirements; and 

•	 Identify other small business-related programs and 

initiatives. 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for acquisition professionals who have Level II certification in 

Contracting and who perform small business specialist 

duties. The course is also recommended for acquisition professionals who partake in matters relating to 

the DoD Small Business Program and who have 2 to 4 

years of acquisition experience. 

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 CON 260A, The Small Business Program, Part A 

•	 Level II certification in Contracting 

Course Length: 3 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: J09

CON 260B

The Small Business Program, Part B 
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 47

 Learning Assets

GRT 201

Grants and Agreements Management

I

ntermediate Facilities Engineering is required for 

Level II certification in Facilities Engineering. The 

course provides a broad understanding of the overall facilities engineering process and the roles/responsibilities of acquisition team members as they relate 

to the facility life cycle in support of military missions. 

Participants will learn when to seek the assistance of 

professionals in various specialty areas. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Discuss program management components, contracting procedures, and design and construction 

processes relating to facilities engineering projects; 

•	 Discuss and apply financial laws, regulations, and 

procedures; 

•	 Identify when there is a real estate acquisition, management, or disposal component; 

•	 Apply environmental requirements that arise during 

the DoD facility life cycle; 

•	 Describe basic elements of the comprehensive planning and project planning processes; 

•	 Describe elements used to manage sustainment, 

restoration, and modernization; and 

•	 Relate the contingency engineering process to facilities engineering requirements. 

Target Attendees: This course is for those with Level I certification in Facilities Engineering and at least 2 years of 

facilities engineering experience. 

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management 

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: 

Distance Learning

PDS Code: JHM

FE 201

Intermediate Facilities Engineering

Grants and Agreements Management presents 

the foundational knowledge required to work 

as a grants officer. Course participants learn 

about grants, cooperative agreements, and technology investment agreements. The course also provides 

a brief overview of other types of assistance transactions. Please note that this course does not address 

other transactions used to carry out prototype projects, which involve acquisitions instead of assistance, 

and therefore fall out of the scope of this course. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Explain the qualitative differences among instruments available for obligating federal dollars and be 

able to choose the most appropriate instrument in 

various situations; 

•	 Identify the elements of the legal framework that 

apply to assistance; and 

•	 Perform the responsibilities of the grants officer in 

accordance with regulations and statutes. 

Target Attendees: This course is designed for personnel 

involved in pre- and post-award assistance processes, 

specifically those who are in a career path leading to a 

position as a grants officer or agreements officer. 

Prerequisite(s): None

Recommended: Level I certification in Contracting 

Course Length: 5 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BU4
48 Chapter 3

Contract Property Systems Analysis Fundamentals 

builds a solid foundation in auditing principles and 

process analysis techniques for entry-level property professionals. The instructional process underscores the importance of property control system 

requirements and provides the tools necessary for the 

property administrator to plan and perform a property 

control systems analysis. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Plan and schedule a contract property control systems analysis; 

•	 Determine proper use of sampling; 

•	 Define the appropriate population for review for all 

processes; 

•	 Analyze the sample for deficiencies that fail to meet 

contractual requirements; 

•	 Determine the rating for the function, functional 

segment, and property control system; and 

•	 Recommend a course of corrective action. 

Target Attendees: This course is for all Level I industrial

property management specialists and industrial plant

clearance specialists, including property administrators 

and plant clearance officers in the GS-1103 series.

It is recommended for contracting, production, and

quality assurance personnel with property control

systems analysis responsibilities. 

Prerequisite(s): IND 100, Contract Property Administration and Disposition Fundamentals 

Recommended: 1 year of property management experience after completing IND 100 

Course Length: You have 10 calendar days to complete 

this course. 

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: BRL

IND 103

Contract Property Systems Analysis 

Fundamentals

This course provides property administrators, plant 

clearance officers, contracting officers, and personnel in related fields a comprehensive understanding of the contractual regulatory and statutory 

requirements for government property administration 

and disposition

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 State the government’s policies and exceptions on 

providing government property to contractors; 

•	 Explain the Federal Acquisition Regulation government property clauses; 

•	 Describe the duties and responsibilities of the property administrator and plant clearance officer; 

•	 Investigate and determine appropriate action for 

lost, damaged, or destroyed government property; 

•	 Understand the Federal Acquisition Regulation and 

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement 

requirements for government property disposition; 

and 

•	 Describe the requirements for properly disposing of 

hazardous wastes, items requiring demilitarization, 

and computer components. 

Target Attendees: This course is recommended for 

all industrial property management specialists 

and industrial plant clearance specialists, including 

property administrators and plant clearance officers 

in the GS-1103 series. It is highly recommended for 

production and quality assurance personnel involved 

with property administration. It may also be taken by 

contracting officers, program managers, auditors, and 

team leaders with significant property administration 

responsibilities.

Prerequisite(s): CON 100, Shaping Smart Business 

Arrangements

Recommended: Some prior knowledge or experience 

with property management 

Predecessor Course(s): IND 101, Contract Property Administration Fundamentals; and IND 102, Contract Property 

Disposition

Course Length: 10 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BZP

IND 100

Contract Property Administration and 

Disposition Fundamentals
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 49

 Learning Assets

IRM 101

Basic Information Systems Acquisition

This course is provides an overview of current 

contractual, regulatory, and statutory issues. 

Participants analyze case studies and participate 

in plant tours. The course is designed for experienced 

industrial property management specialists, property 

administrators, plant clearance officers, contracting 

officers, and their supervisors. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Define types of property provided to contractors 

and the clauses used to do so; 

•	 Describe inventory management procedures and 

policies, consumption analysis, physical inventories, 

and adjustments; 

•	 Identify criteria for acquiring, using, and recording 

special tooling, test equipment, and agency-peculiar 

property; 

•	 Apply various risk-of-loss contract provisions; and 

•	 Differentiate policies and procedures for disposition 

and plant clearance of government property. 

Target Attendees: IND 200 is for Level II certified industrial property management specialists and industrial 

plant clearance specialists, including property administrators and plant clearance officers in the GS-1103 

series. It is highly recommended for production and 

quality assurance personnel involved with property 

administration. It may also be taken by contracting officers, program managers, auditors, and team leaders 

with significant property administration responsibilities. 

Prerequisite(s): IND 103, Contract Property Systems 

Analysis Fundamentals 

Predecessor Course(s): IND 201, Intermediate Contract 

Property Administration; and IND 202, Contract Property Management Seminar

Recommended: 1 year of property management experience after completing IND 103

Course Length: 10 class days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BZQ

IND 200

Intermediate Contract Property Administration 

and Disposition

This course covers introductory-level concepts in 

DoD information systems acquisition management such as software acquisition/development 

risks, DoD regulatory and technical frameworks, software and system architectures, and software development life cycle and integration processes. Software 

standards, measurements, testing, security, quality 

issues, process maturity, as well as best practices for 

the management of software-intensive systems are 

also reviewed.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Understand software acquisition and information technology management-specific terms and 

concepts; 

•	 Recognize software measures, development models, paradigms, and strategies appropriate for use in 

software-intensive acquisitions; 

•	 Recognize organizational and individual roles and 

responsibilities; and 

•	 Reference sources for software acquisition and 

information technology management policies, standards, and best practices.

Target Attendees: This course is designed for acquisition 

workforce members who are members or prospective 

members of the Information Technology career field.

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management 

Recommended: At least 1 year of acquisition experience

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JHD

Note: If you completed SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management after Nov. 15, 2005, then you have 

met the requirement for IRM 101 if your career field 

requires this for certification.
50 Chapter 3

Advanced Information Systems Acquisition is 

the capstone course in the DAU Information 

Resource Management sequence. The course 

focuses on decision making and issues related to information systems/information technology leadership, 

capital investment management, and acquisition. Using 

case studies, the course integrates advanced topics in 

planning, designing, and implementing comprehensive 

programs to acquire effective information systems.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Evaluate information systems/information technology leadership, management, and acquisition issues 

to make strategic-level decisions in DoD; and 

•	 Effectively lead or participate in information systems/information technology integrated product 

teams that foster acquisition excellence initiatives 

and manage information systems/information technology as a capital investment.

Target Attendees: This course is designed for senior-level 

acquisition workforce members who are managers of 

DoD information technology and software-intensive 

systems, or the industry equivalent.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 IRM 201, Intermediate Information Systems 

Acquisition 

•	 SAM 201, Intermediate Software Acquisition Management 

Predecessor Course(s): IRM 303, Advanced Information 

Systems Acquisition

Recommended: At least 4 years of information technology acquisition experience; CLE 006, Enterprise 

Integration Overview

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BZE

IRM 304

Advanced Information Systems Acquisition

I

ntermediate Information Systems Acquisition 

focuses on the application of policies, concepts, and 

practices that guide and control the management 

and acquisition of information systems/information 

technology in DoD. Exercises, labs, lectures, and group 

discussion are used to cover such topics as information systems/information technology policies, strategic 

planning, information assurance, architecture, advancing technologies, and more.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Explain the concepts and terminology that comprise the major and non-major information system 

acquisition management processes and how the 

processes interact; 

•	 Define the roles, activities, and relationships of DoD, 

other government entities, and industry that participate in and affect the acquisition of information 

technology; 

•	 Apply management skills needed to effectively and 

efficiently use people, money, facilities, information, 

and time to accomplish information systems acquisition objectives; 

•	 Identify internal and external factors that influence 

and constrain the information system acquisition 

process; and 

•	 Summarize strategies on how to deal with these factors in light of risk, uncertainty, and change.

Target Attendees: This course is designed for acquisition 

workforce personnel and industry equivalents who 

require an understanding of the management and 

acquisition of information systems within DoD.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B 

•	 IRM 101, Basic Information Systems Acquisition 

Recommended: CLE 025, Information Assurance for 

Acquisition Professionals, and at least 2 years of IT 

acquisition experience.

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: QN5

IRM 201 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 51

 Learning Assets

LAW 801

Acquisition Law

DoD policy now mandates that the acquisition 

process be conducted through integrated product teams. The employment of integrated product teams in the acquisition process has resulted in the 

involvement of many non-contracting government personnel. LAW 801 provides an overview of government 

contract law, specifically laws and regulations that are 

applicable to government contracts.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Apply various laws and regulations applicable to the 

government contracting process; and 

•	 Comprehend the legal significance of the contents 

of the contractual instrument and actions taken 

by those involved in the acquisition process.

Target Attendees: LAW 801 is for Level I 

certified personnel in any career field who 

are either not required to take CON 210 

or who completed CON 210 more than 5 

years ago.

Prerequisite(s): None 

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHH
52 Chapter 3

Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals 

provides a broad overview of the role of the life 

cycle logistician during the sustainment phase of 

a weapons system’s life cycle. Modules cover logistics/

supply chain management concepts, maintenance 

processes, end-to-end distribution, best commercial 

practices as applied to weapon systems sustainment, 

performance metrics, partnering/alliance opportunities 

and experiences, performance-based support, enterprise business environment and opportunities, and 

reduction in life cycle/total ownership costs.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Recognize the role of the life cycle logistician during 

the sustainment phase of a weapons system’s life 

cycle; 

•	 Identify the concepts, policies, and practices of 

logistics/supply-chain management as they apply 

to new and legacy systems during the sustainment 

phase of their life cycle; and 

•	 Identify the best practices in developing and implementing performance-based support.

Target Attendees: Professionals responsible for establishing and maintaining life cycle logistics support for 

defense systems and equipment during the sustainment phase. Professionals certified at Level I and above 

in any career field are also encouraged to take this 

course.

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management

Recommended: At least 6 to 12 months of experience in 

an acquisition or sustainment organization

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JHF

LOG 102

Systems Sustainment Management 

Fundamentals

Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals provides a 

broad overview of the role of acquisition logistics in the systems acquisition life cycle and 

systems engineering processes. Modules cover the 

logistics-relevant aspects of requirements identification, life cycle costing, integrated product and process 

development, sustainment logistics, supportability 

analysis, product support, contracting, and contractor 

support.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Understand how today’s defense systems and 

equipment are conceived, developed, tested, 

acquired, and operated; 

•	 Understand the role of the commercial sector; 

•	 Comprehend the philosophy and objectives of logistics support and attendant management functions; 

and 

•	 Understand logistics-related disciplines and the policies, procedures, and management techniques used 

to establish a logistics-support capability.

Target Attendees: Professionals responsible for planning, 

establishing, and maintaining the logistics-support 

infrastructure for DoD systems and equipment in each 

phase of the acquisition life cycle.

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management

Recommended: At least 6 to 12 months of experience in 

an acquisition organization

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JR1

LOG 101

Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 53

 Learning Assets

LOG 201 

Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B

As the first part of a two-course series, LOG 200 

is designed for intermediate acquisition logistics 

professionals. It provides a dynamic, real-time 

learning environment oriented toward developing the 

managerial and technical logistics competencies of the 

life cycle logistician. Special emphasis is placed on the 

roles and responsibilities of the life cycle logistician in 

the areas of regulatory environment, oversight, and 

review; management processes; technical activities; 

and the DoD planning, programming, budgeting, and 

execution process. 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Understand the integrated life cycle management 

framework; 

•	 Perform life cycle logistics functions such as defining supportability objectives, evaluating product 

support capabilities, developing initial product support strategies, and completing a product support 

plan; and 

•	 Identify the key acquisition milestones and events 

that require direct life cycle logistician interface and 

the necessary deliverables that ensure systems are 

designed for supportability.

Target Attendees: LOG 200 is for military officers, O-3 

and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and industry 

equivalents who are Level I certified in Life Cycle 

Logistics. Professionals should have 2 to 4 years of 

acquisition and/or logistics experience.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B 

•	 LOG 101, Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals 

•	 LOG 102, Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals 

Predecessor Course(s): LOG 201A, Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

Recommended: Professionals should have life cycle logistics experience and be currently assigned or expected 

to be assigned to a supportability manager position

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: RGS

LOG 200 

Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

As the second part of a two-course series LOG 201 

is designed for intermediate acquisition logistics 

professionals. The course provides a dynamic, 

group-based, facilitated learning environment oriented 

toward further developing logistics competencies 

required by the life cycle logistician during weapons 

and equipment systems development. It challenges 

the professional to think critically, differentiate support 

alternatives, and provide solutions to ensure the early 

integration of operational supportability into the system development process. These skills are refined by 

instructor-facilitated group exercises and discussions. 

Special emphasis is placed on developing and delivering the required logistics inputs that ensure supportability is designed into a system.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Understand the major interfaces and decision points 

in the integrated defense acquisition, technology, 

and logistics life cycle management framework; 

•	 Understand the development and delivery of logistics and sustainment inputs required to ensure supportability is designed into DoD weapon systems; 

and 

•	 Understand the role of the life cycle logistician in 

system development.

Target Attendees: LOG 201 is for military officers, O-3 and 

above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and industry equivalents who are Level I certified in Life Cycle Logistics. 

Professionals should have 2 to 4 years of acquisition 

and/or logistics experience.

Prerequisite(s): LOG 200, Intermediate Acquisition 

Logistics, Part A 

Predecessor Course(s): LOG 201B, Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B

Recommended: Professionals should have life cycle logistics experience and be currently assigned or expected 

to be assigned to a supportability manager position

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JR3
54 Chapter 3

This fast-paced, cross-disciplinary course teaches 

professionals about the interrelationship of configuration management to life cycle activities 

as well as configuration management concepts and 

basic practices such as configuration identification, 

status accounting, audits and verification, configuration change management, performance measures, 

and configuration management planning. The course 

also provides an overview of requirements to design, 

develop, implement, oversee, and operate a configuration management program across the system life cycle. 

Professionals will gain knowledge of the application 

and impacts on configuration management by current 

and emerging issues such as total life cycle systems 

management, product data management, unique-item 

identification, evolutionary acquisition, performancebased logistics, condition-based maintenance, prognostics and health management, and diminishing 

manufacturing sources and material shortages.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Incorporate configuration management concepts, 

principles, processes, and applications for managing 

configuration across the system life cycle into applicable on-the-job activities; 

•	 Apply configuration management planning and 

performance measures when engaged in system 

configuration management processes; and 

•	 Integrate the latest initiatives, guidance, and policies 

when analyzing the impact of current and emerging 

configuration management issues, policies, and support concepts.

Target Attendees: This course is intended for life cycle 

logisticians, systems engineers, configuration managers, program managers, and others involved in the 

development of systems and life-cycle support.

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management

Recommended: At least 2 to 4 years of experience in an 

acquisition or sustainment organization

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: QMB

LOG 204 

Configuration Management

Professionals who take this course will be able to 

understand the relationship between reliability 

and maintainability and acquisition logistics, and 

to evaluate the impact of reliability and maintainability 

decisions. Stressing a conceptual approach, the course 

presents basic reliability and maintainability terminology and engineering practices.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Explain why successful reliability and maintainability 

activity decreases logistics costs and increases 

combat capability; 

•	 Develop operational and contractual reliability and 

maintainability requirements; 

•	 Discuss well-established reliability and maintainability design/analysis activities; 

•	 Explain reliability growth testing and reliability certification testing; and 

•	 Explain how to preclude latent defects from entering service.

Target Attendees: This course is intended for life cycle 

logisticians, systems engineers, reliability and maintainability engineers, program managers, and others 

involved in the development of systems and life cycle 

support.

Prerequisite(s): None

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: AKA

LOG 203 

Reliability and Maintainability
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 55

 Learning Assets

This course provides the knowledge necessary to 

identify and apply various supportability tools to 

meet logistics requirements throughout the system life cycle. LOG 210 provides hands-on familiarization in the use and application of select supportability 

tools in areas such as life cycle cost; maintenance concept optimization and level of repair analysis; logistics 

management information development, management, 

and integration; program management documentation 

generation; sparing analysis; and post-fielding support 

analysis. Scenario-driven practical exercises are used to 

enhance tool understanding and analysis applications.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Better comprehend the purpose of supportability 

tools and how they are applied throughout the 

system life cycle; 

•	 Comprehend and relate the overall use, capabilities, 

features, benefits, and key input/outputs of joint 

military service supportability tools; and 

•	 Successfully apply the knowledge and understanding of supportability tools through the use of 

scenario-driven practical exercises.

Target Attendees: This course is for logisticians and 

systems engineers involved in the development of 

weapons and equipment systems and their related life 

cycle support.

Prerequisite(s): None

Recommended: Professionals should have life cycle logistics experience and be currently assigned or expected 

to be assigned to a supportability manager position

Course Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHW

LOG 210

Supportability Manager Tools

LOG 235 

Performance-Based Logistics, Part A

Performance-Based Logistics, Part A, provides a 

dynamic, real-time learning environment oriented 

toward developing a range of logistics competencies. It challenges the participant to review current 

policy and demonstrate an understanding of how early 

integration of performance-based support concepts 

into the systems-development process leads to the 

achievement of DoD’s logistics goals. It is intended for 

mid-level logistics professionals needing skills required 

to excel in today’s demanding and dynamic productsupport environment.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 More fully understand the knowledge areas of their 

job as members of the life cycle logistics workforce 

(concentrating on performance-based product 

support; business case analysis; continuous modernization; supply chain management; configuration 

management; enterprise integration; commercial 

integration; support options; and reliability, maintainability, and supportability); 

•	 Understand the specific relation and application of 

the functional areas in a performance-based logistics framework; and 

•	 Develop a more in-depth knowledge of their current 

applications within DoD.

Target Attendees: LOG 235 is for military officers, O-3 

and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and industry 

equivalents who are Level I certified in Life Cycle 

Logistics. Professionals should have 2 to 4 years of 

acquisition and/or logistics experience.

Prerequisite(s): None

Predecessor Course(s): LOG 235A, Performance-Based 

Logistics, Part A

Recommended: Professionals should have life cycle logistics experience and be currently assigned or expected 

to be assigned to a life cycle logistics position

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JHL
56 Chapter 3

E

nterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management 

prepares the life cycle logistician to perform in 

senior-level life cycle logistics management and 

policy-making positions. Professionals are required to 

conduct research, engage in critical thinking exercises, 

and perform leadership responsibilities in a small group 

decision-making environment. Professionals engage 

in a dynamic, fast-paced, threaded exercise addressing complex relationships in life cycle logistics support 

planning, acquisition policy, supportability analysis, 

program management, performance-based logistics, 

and business case analysis. The course spans a system’s entire life cycle from concept through demilitarization and disposal, including acquisition logistics 

planning events, and operations and support sustainment planning.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Distinguish the life cycle logistician’s functions during each phase of the life cycle; 

•	 Evaluate the components of and the life cycle logistician’s role in the systems engineering process; 

•	 Analyze and integrate major acquisition and sustainment policy requirements from the advanced-level 

logistics perspective; and 

•	 Contribute to the integration of life cycle logistics 

processes within the operational tenets of DoD 

transformation, including performance-based product support solutions.

Target Attendees: This course is for professionals Level II 

certified in life cycle logistics who are military officers 

O-4 and above; DoD civilians GS-13 (or equivalent) and 

above; and industry counterparts

Prerequisite(s): LOG 236, Performance-Based Logistics, 

Part B

Course Length: 9 class days preceded by approximately 

7-10 hours of online precourse work

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: AH1

Note: This course replaces LOG 304, Advanced Life 

Cycle Logistics Management as the Life Cycle Logistics 

Level III Certification Standard effective Oct. 1, 2008. 

LOG 350

Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management

Performance-Based Logistics, Part B, provides a 

dynamic, group-based, facilitated learning environment in which the professional further develops the logistics competencies introduced in LOG 235. 

Participants will acquire tools and techniques required 

to design, develop, and implement performance-based 

support at the system, subsystem, or commodity level 

in new acquisition and legacy systems. It challenges 

the participant to think critically and differentiate 

among support alternatives and provide solutions that 

ensure the early integration of performance-based 

product support in the systems-development process. 

These skills are refined by instructor-facilitated group 

exercises and discussions.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Perform proficiently as members of the life cycle 

logistics workforce; 

•	 Apply their knowledge of the concepts, policies, 

practices of performance-based logistics; 

•	 Identify the relationship between logistics function 

and processes; 

•	 Understand the basic concepts of business case 

analysis and its application in assessing and 

determining potential performance-based support 

alternatives; and 

•	 Understand the role and integration of performancebased logistics in the logistics transformation 

environment.

Target Attendees: LOG 236 is for military officers, O-3 

and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and industry 

equivalents who are Level I certified in Life Cycle 

Logistics. Professionals should have 2 to 4 years of 

acquisition and/or logistics experience.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 LOG 201, Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B 

•	 LOG 235, Performance-Based Logistics, Part A

Predecessor Course(s): LOG 235B, Performance-Based 

Logistics, Part B

Recommended: Professionals should have life cycle logistics experience and be currently assigned or expected 

to be assigned to a life cycle logistics position

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: RGY

LOG 236 

Performance-Based Logistics, Part B
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 57

 Learning Assets

PMT 203 

International Security and Technology Transfer/

Control

Professionals who take this course gain the skills 

and knowledge they need to work in the international defense acquisition environment. The 

course emphasizes the U.S. policy of encouraging 

armaments cooperation and interoperability with U.S. 

allies. National, DoD, and U.S. military service policies 

on international cooperative development, production, and support are explored, as well as the relationship between cooperative acquisition and security 

assistance.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Identify the roles and responsibilities of individuals 

involved in cooperative acquisition and security 

assistance programs, including the involvement of 

foreign governments and their industries; 

•	 Describe key Department of State, DoD, and U.S. 

military services policies on international cooperative development, production and logistics, as well 

as security assistance; 

•	 Recognize various types of agreements that promote U.S. international cooperation policy (data 

exchanges, Nunn Amendment programs, foreign 

comparative testing, bilateral and multilateral projects and programs, and security assistance); and 

•	 Prepare, formulate, and support a security assistance sale, direct commercial sale, cooperative 

acquisition, or hybrid international program.

Target Attendees: This course is designed for professionals who are involved in any form of international 

defense cooperation or security assistance. This course 

is mandatory for Program Management professionals 

in the international program management career path. 

Prerequisite(s): None

Recommended:

•	 CLI 001, International Armaments Cooperation, Part 

1; CLI 002, International Armaments Cooperation, 

Part 2; CLI 003, International Armaments Cooperation, Part 3; and CLI 004, Information Exchange 

Program, DoD Generic 

•	 These recommended courses will be required beginning in the 2010 academic year

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PAJ

PMT 202 

Multinational Program Management

This course provides a comprehensive overview 

of U.S. law, policy, and regulations that govern 

International Security and Technology Transfer/

Control. Professionals will learn the procedures for the 

export and import of defense and dual-use equipment 

and services, for handling classified and controlled 

unclassified program information, and for foreign visit 

control. The course has five components: acquisition 

documentation; security and data transfer; export/

import licensing; contractor operations; and laws, policies, and procedures.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Identify, analyze, and apply the laws, policies, 

and processes necessary to develop system and 

contractor classification guidance for the control of 

critical program information; 

•	 Describe the national security policy issues and 

export/import licensing constraints (as defined by 

the departments of State, Commerce, Treasury, and 

Customs) and evaluate their effects on domestic 

and international DoD programs; 

•	 Recognize hostile and friendly foreign power 

elicitation and technology collection methods and 

techniques and develop methods of protecting 

information; and 

•	 Describe the U.S. government’s ownership, usage, 

and transfer rights to foreign governments and 

contractors of intellectual property.

Target Attendees: This course is designed for professionals who are involved in any form of international 

defense cooperation or security assistance. This course 

is mandatory for Program Management professionals 

in the international program management career path.

Prerequisite(s): None

Recommended: CLM 036, Fundamentals of Technology 

Transfer and Export Control (course will be required 

beginning in the 2010 academic year)

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PAK

Note: Due to security restrictions, international 

professionals are ineligible to attend under most 

circumstances.
58 Chapter 3

This course prepares professionals to participate 

effectively in the development and negotiation 

of defense armaments cooperation agreements 

ranging from simple data exchange agreements to 

complex cooperative development, production, and 

support agreements.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Synthesize, integrate, and apply U.S. policy on international cooperative defense acquisition, spanning 

policies of the departments of Defense, State, Commerce, and Treasury; and 

•	 Formulate and negotiate international acquisition 

agreement in accordance with U.S. policies.

Target Attendees: This course is designed for professionals who are involved in the development or execution 

of international cooperative agreements. This course is 

mandatory for Program Management professionals in 

the international program management career path.

Prerequisite(s): None

Recommended: PMT 202, Multinational Program Management; and PMT 203, International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (both courses will be required 

beginning in the 2011 academic year)

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PAL

Note: Because of security restrictions, foreign international professionals are ineligible to attend under most 

circumstances.

PMT 304 

Advanced International Management Workshop

Program Management Tools provides application 

skills needed in a program office as an integrated 

product team lead. It is a follow-on course to ACQ 

201B and is designed to enhance journeyman-level 

skills. This course is required, along with ACQ 201B, for 

Level II certification in Program Management and also 

prepares professionals for work in the Program Management Office Course, PMT 352, Parts A and B.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Apply best practices for establishing effective integrated product teams; 

•	 Develop work-breakdown structures; 

•	 Build program schedules and apply risk management principles using state-of-the-industry software; 

•	 Apply current cost estimating processes; 

•	 Perform contract planning and post-award activities; 

and 

•	 Use earned value tools and techniques for program 

planning and control.

Target Attendees: This course is designed for military 

officer O-3 through O-4; and civilians, GS-12 through 

GS-13, in the Program Management career field. Lower 

grades may apply if they have completed ACQ 201B. 

Personnel who received Level II certification in Program Management prior to Oct. 1, 2001, or are certified 

Level III in other career fields and want to take PMT 

352, Parts A and B, may obtain credit for PMT 250 by 

passing an equivalency exam.

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete modules 1 through 8 of this course. 

Module 9 is scheduled for 4 days 

and executed virtually through 

the DAU Virtual Campus.

Method of Delivery: Distance 

Learning

PDS Code: PGM

PMT 250 

Program Management Tools
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 59

 Learning Assets

PMT 352B 

Program Management Office Course, Part B

The Program Management Office Course, Part A, 

is the first part of the Level III certification course 

in the Program Management career field. It is a 

follow-on to ACQ 201B and PMT 250 and is designed 

to train Level II certified professionals to be effective 

leaders in a program office by honing analysis, synthesis, and evaluative skills. PMT 352A focuses on key 

program management office knowledge and skills not 

covered in the prerequisite courses. This course must 

be completed prior to attending PMT 352B.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Describe the role of science and technology in supporting the system acquisition process; 

•	 Understand information technology policy, best 

practices, information assurance measures, and 

interoperability considerations; 

•	 Describe current manufacturing and logistics concepts and best practices such as Lean manufacturing and supply chain management; and 

•	 Explain appropriate management and decision 

making models to aid in addressing various acquisition program issues (e.g., business and financial, 

international, environmental, safety, and health, 

considerations).

Target Attendees: Target attendees are military officers, 

O-4 through O-5; and civilians, GS-13 through GS-l4, in 

the Program Management career field. Personnel certified at Level III in other career fields desiring to take 

this course for Level III Program Management certification must first complete PMT 250.

Prerequisite(s): PMT 250, Program Management Tools

Predecessor Course(s): PMT 352, Program Management 

Office Course; PMT 302, Advanced Program Management Course

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: BZH

PMT 352A 

Program Management Office Course, Part A

The Program Management Office Course, Part 

B, is the second part of the Level III certification course in the Program Management career 

field. It is a follow-on to ACQ 201B and PMT 250 and 

is designed to train Level II certified professionals to 

be effective leaders in a program office by honing 

analysis, synthesis, and evaluative skills. In a classroom 

setting, PMT 352B gives attendees scenario-based 

practical exercises with topical themes such as interoperability, prototyping, and evolutionary acquisition.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Lead and contribute to effective teams in a DoD 

program management office; 

•	 Apply critical-thinking and problem-solving skills to 

systems acquisition problems throughout a defense 

system’s life cycle; 

•	 Understand, analyze, and develop solutions to cost, 

schedule, and performance issues faced in defense 

program management; and 

•	 Evaluate the trade-offs in program decisions in compliance with DoD 5000 Series directives.

Target Attendees: Target attendees are military officers, 

O-4 through O-5; and civilians, GS-13 through GS-l4, in 

the Program Management career field.

Prerequisite(s): PMT 352A, Program Management Office 

Course, Part A

Predecessor Course(s): PMT 352, Program Management 

Office Course; PMT 302, Advanced Program Management Course

Course Length: 4 weeks, 2 days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BZJ
60 Chapter 3

This course is designed to meet the learning and 

performance needs of newly selected program 

executive officers, deputy program executive 

officers, and ACAT I (ID/IC and IAM/IAC) and II program managers/deputy program managers. Situational 

awareness of the DoD acquisition system environment 

is enhanced by a concentrated 4-week resident period 

preceded by a self-assessment and assessment of 

each participant’s program office to develop individual 

learning needs and issues to be explored. Participants 

learn through the extensive use of open, interactive 

dialogue with senior DoD, congressional, Government 

Accountability Office, and industry leaders; tailored 

sessions on contemporary topics and processes; and 

participant-directed activities based on individual 

learning needs.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Complete comprehensive assessments of their program, program office, and individual learning needs; 

•	 Identity program and program office issues; 

•	 Interface with acquisition leaders and executives 

across the DoD enterprise; and 

•	 Develop a plan of action to better manage their 

program, program office, and professional 

development.

Target Attendees: This course is statutorily required for 

program executive officers, deputy program executive 

officers, and program managers/deputy program managers of ACAT I, IA, and II programs. International and 

industry professionals are eligible to attend on a spaceavailable basis. Please note that the Program Manager’s 

Course statutory requirement is met through completion of either PMT 302 and PMT 402, or PMT 401 and 

PMT 402.

Prerequisite(s): PMT 401, Program Manager’s Course

Predecessor Course(s): PMT 303B, Executive Program 

Manager’s Course; PMT 303Ph2, Executive Program 

Manager’s Course; PMT 402B, Executive Program Manager’s Course, Part B

Course Length: 20 class days preceded by an online 

workshop

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: AH2

PMT 402 

Executive Program Manager’s Course

This course is designed to improve DoD acquisition 

outcomes by strengthening the critical thinking 

and decision-making skills of potential leaders 

of Major Defense Acquisition Programs and program 

support organizations. Participants analyze acquisition 

case studies that represent contemporary acquisition 

program challenges and dilemmas, and they deepen 

their understanding of acquisition principles and 

practices through peer and instructor mentoring and 

coaching. Speakers, team projects, media training, and 

management simulations round out and enrich the 

course. An elective program enables each participant 

to pursue individual learning needs, such as decision 

analysis and integrated project management.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Recognize acquisition challenges and dilemmas 

more quickly and apply critical thinking to develop 

alternatives, reach sound solutions, and formulate 

plans of action; 

•	 Lead and integrate functional and multifunction 

teams to address the varied and complex problems 

that confront acquisition leaders; and 

•	 Apply best business practices to achieve successful 

acquisition outcomes, including effective relationships with industry partners.

Target Attendees: Level III Program Management career 

field members who have demonstrated the potential 

to become major program or project managers. Also, 

limited numbers (up to 15 percent) of high-potential 

Level III acquisition professionals in other career fields, 

such as Contracting, Logistics, and Financial Management. Participants must be O-5 or GS-14 or above with 

extensive experience in acquisition, including 4 years in 

or directly supporting a program organization. Industry participants with equivalent experience are also 

sought. This course is statutorily required for program 

executive officers, deputy program executive officers, 

and program managers/deputy program managers of 

ACAT I, IA, and II programs.

Prerequisite(s): PMT 352B, Program Management Office 

Course, Part B 

Predecessor Course(s): PMT 302, Advanced Program 

Management Course

Course Length: 10 weeks

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PGN

PMT 401 

Program Manager’s Course
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 61

 Learning Assets

PQM 101 

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing 

Fundamental

This course is designed to meet the learning and 

performance needs of newly selected program 

managers, and deputy or assistant program managers for ACAT III programs. A self-assessment and 

assessment of the participant’s program and program 

office are completed during a precourse assignment. 

A concentrated 2-week resident period allows the participant to learn through the use of open, interactive 

dialogue with senior DoD leaders, tailored sessions on 

contemporary topics and processes, and participantdirected activities based on individual learning needs.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Identify and prioritize the top issues they will face 

during the first 6 to 12 months as a program manager or a deputy or assistant program manager; 

•	 Create a strategic plan, including resources and 

metrics, to address those issues; 

•	 Examine lessons learned from program managers, 

program executive officers, and other acquisition 

practitioners; and 

•	 Enhance their understanding of the current acquisition system, how it operates, and how to operate 

effectively within it.

Target Attendees: This course is for newly selected or 

serving program managers, or deputy or assistant 

program managers. International and industry professionals are eligible to attend on a space-available basis.

Prerequisite(s): Level III certification in any career field 

Predecessor Course(s): PMT 305, Program Manager’s 

Skills (ACAT III Programs)

Recommended: PMT 352A, Program Management Office 

Course, Part A

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BU8

PMT 403 

Program Manager’s Skills

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals is an entry-level course that emphasizes basic 

production, manufacturing, and quality assurance 

principles, policies, processes, and practices.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Understand the multifunctional roles performed by 

members of the Production, Quality, and Manufacturing career field; and 

•	 Describe manufacturing and quality processes, 

scheduling and control techniques, and various 

quality and production surveillance activities.

Target Attendees: This course is for industrial specialists, 

industrial engineers, quality assurance specialists, 

production officers, production specialists, contract 

administrators, and other acquisition personnel 

involved with or having duties in the areas of production, quality, or manufacturing. PQM 101 is part of the 

Level I certification training requirement for the Production, Quality, and Manufacturing career field.

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management

Recommended: At least 1 year of acquisition experience 

and, if a basic math skills refresher is needed CLC 024, 

Basic Math Tutorial

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: BU2
62 Chapter 3

Defense Specification Management covers DoD 

policies and procedures for the development, 

management, and use of nongovernment standards, commercial item descriptions, and specifications 

and standards. Emphasis is placed on interoperability, 

market research, use of commercial/nondevelopmental 

item alternatives, use of performance specifications, 

international standardization agreements, and the 

Single Process Initiative.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Use DoD policy for stating performance-based 

requirements; 

•	 Develop requirements documents that promote use 

of commercial products and practices; 

•	 Use market research in creating new documents 

and revising existing documents that support 

acquisitions; 

•	 Apply DoD policies in managing standardization 

documents; and 

•	 Develop and apply standardization documents 

to meet essential user needs as best value to the 

government.

Target Attendees: This course is designed for professionals actively involved in the development or management of specifications and standards, handbooks, 

commercial item descriptions, or nongovernment 

standards.

Prerequisite(s): None

Recommended: ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management

Course Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BAP

PQM 103 

Defense Specification Management
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 63

 Learning Assets

PQM 201A 

Intermediate Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing, Part A

The Specification Selection and Application course 

provides instruction on the appropriate selection and correct application of nongovernmental 

standards, commercial item descriptions, specifications 

and standards, and related documents in the acquisition process. Emphasis is placed on current acquisition 

initiatives such as interoperability and the proper use of 

standardization documents.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Apply DoD objectives, policies, and procedures for 

the proper use of standardization documents; 

•	 Make well-informed standardization decisions using 

a variety of automated tools and decision-tree techniques; and 

•	 Identify, locate, and obtain standardization 

document

Target Attendees: This course is designed for personnel 

who are involved in setting requirements and making 

standardization decisions. It is also designed for those 

who use specifications and standards but are not 

actively involved in the development or management 

of requirements documentation.

Prerequisite(s): None

Course Length: 2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PGH

PQM 104 

Specification Selection and Application

This journeyman-level course exposes participants to manufacturing and quality processes, 

production scheduling and control techniques, 

surveillance activities, and systems-level production 

and quality planning. It provides an understanding of 

production, quality, and manufacturing processes and 

their relationships to systems engineering activities 

throughout the life cycle. Course content includes the 

contracting aspects of the job; planning for manufacturing and quality; Lean concepts; material control; and 

technical, ethical, and quality issues.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Review integrated management plans for manufacturing and quality requirements; 

•	 Understand the technical aspects of cost estimating, activity-based costing, and physical progress 

reviews; 

•	 Identify the concepts that apply to Lean manufacturing, the Theory of Constraints, and other production management and material control techniques; 

and 

•	 Address issues related to quality audits, nonconforming material, and other quality topics.

Target Attendees: This course is required for Level II certification in the Production, Quality, and Manufacturing 

career field. It is also a good course for engineering 

personnel who provide pre- or post-award technical 

support in production, quality, or manufacturing.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B 

•	 PQM 101, Production, Quality, and Manufacturing 

Fundamentals 

Predecessor Course(s): PQM 201, Intermediate Production, 

Quality, and Management

Recommended: At least 2 years of production or quality 

management experience after obtaining Level I certification in Production, Quality, and Manufacturing

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: BZK
64 Chapter 3

The Commercial and Nondevelopmental Item 

Acquisition course is designed for engineering 

and technical personnel, and it focuses on tools 

and techniques used by engineering, logistics, and 

related technical personnel for identifying and evaluating commercial and nondevelopmental item alternatives throughout the acquisition process. The course 

provides instruction on requirements definition, acquisition strategy development, support planning, and the 

use of market acceptability criteria for commercial and 

nondevelopmental item acquisitions.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Employ market research to determine the appropriateness of commercial or nondevelopmental items 

for satisfying users’ needs; and 

•	 Plan an acquisition strategy for the management of 

commercial and nondevelopmental items.

Target Attendees: This course is designed for acquisition personnel in the Program Management; Systems 

Engineering; Life Cycle Logistics; Test and Evaluation; 

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing; and related 

career fields involved in planning and managing the 

acquisition of commercial and nondevelopmental 

items.

Prerequisite(s): None

Recommended: ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management

Course Length: You have 15 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course. 

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: PAM

PQM 202 

Commercial and Nondevelopmental Item 

Acquisition

This journeyman-level course requires participants 

to apply the manufacturing and quality planning 

processes and techniques learned in PQM 201A. 

Participants will work in integrated product teams to 

develop manufacturing and quality plans, apply Lean 

techniques, use cost estimating techniques, and make 

progress payment recommendations based on completion of a physical progress review. Course content 

includes the contracting aspects of the job; planning 

for manufacturing and quality; Lean concepts; material 

control; and technical, ethical, and quality issues.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Apply production and quality requirements of the 

Federal Acquisition Regulation and Defense Federal 

Acquisition Regulation Supplement; 

•	 Prepare and review integrated management plans 

for manufacturing and quality requirements; 

•	 Audit a supplier’s quality manual against a commercial quality standard; and 

•	 Apply the concepts of Lean manufacturing, Theory 

of Constraints, and other production management 

tools.

Target Attendees: This course is required for Level II certification in the Production, Quality, and Manufacturing 

career field. It is also a good course for engineering 

personnel who provide pre- or post-award technical 

support in production, quality, or manufacturing.

Prerequisite(s): PQM 201A, Intermediate Production, 

Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A 

Predecessor Course(s): PQM 201, Intermediate Production, 

Quality, and Management

Recommended: At least 2 years of production or quality 

management experience after obtaining Level I certification in Production, Quality, and Manufacturing

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BZL 

PQM 201B 

Intermediate Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing, Part B
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 65

 Learning Assets

PQM 301 

Advanced Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing

This course presents instruction on the preparation and use of commercial item descriptions, 

including characterization of commercial items, 

the development and use of market acceptability 

criteria, and the development of performance-based 

salient characteristics. Current policy on the use of 

commercial item descriptions and performance specifications is discussed. This course uses an interactive, 

asynchronous learning environment focused on selfpaced learning that is demonstrated in a virtual group 

environment.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Employ market research to develop a performancebased commercial item description or other suitable 

performance-based document for describing commercially available products acceptable for meeting 

the users’ needs; and 

•	 Implement appropriate DoD policies in this area.

Target Attendees: This course is designed for personnel 

who are involved in generating product descriptions 

for commercial and nondevelopmental items or who 

are involved in determining the commerciality of an 

item.

Prerequisite(s): None

Course Length: Approximately 12 hours. Course must be 

completed within 15 calendar days.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: PAN

PQM 203 

Preparation of Commercial Item Description for 

Engineering and Technical Personnel

This rigorous leadership course is structured 

around integrated production, and quality and 

manufacturing processes. Professionals will 

learn and practice advanced production and quality 

approaches supporting DoD acquisition activities. Key 

areas covered include problem-solving and decisionmaking issues relevant to successfully managing core 

technical areas.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Explain the role of manufacturing and quality 

assurance as part of the integrated DoD systems 

engineering process; 

•	 Implement modern distributed manufacturing management practices; 

•	 Fully understand the use of best manufacturing 

practices—such as supply chain management, 

e-manufacturing, Lean Six Sigma, and Theory of 

Constraints—in manufacturing and transactional 

environments; 

•	 Apply basic design of experiments, modeling and 

simulation, quality function deployment, statistical 

process control, Six Sigma, design-build principles, 

and risk management techniques; and 

•	 Describe the use of DoD e-commerce policy and 

information technology to leverage the integrated 

digital environment to support technical and business operations

Target Attendees: This course is designed for senior military and civilian personnel as well as defense industry 

equivalents who are assigned to DoD production, 

manufacturing, or quality positions or are performing 

duties in related areas.

Prerequisite(s): PQM 201B, Intermediate Production, 

Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B 

Recommended: At least 4 years of production or quality 

management experience following Level II certification 

in Production, Manufacturing, and Engineering

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: HV2

Note: Those who complete three designated DAU CLMs 

on Lean Six Sigma prior to attendance will be awarded 

a DAU Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt certification upon 

successful graduation from PQM 301.
66 Chapter 3

This course provides general/flag officers and 

members of the Senior Executive Service with 

an executive-level understanding of the role 

the requirements manager as well as requirements 

management within the “Big A” acquisition construct. 

It examines the capabilities and process from an 

end-to-end perspective, highlighting the intersection 

between acquisition, resources, and requirements and 

the supporting processes. The content is tailored to the 

needs of the executive and conducted on demand. This 

training is required for executives per Section 801 of 

the National Defense Authorization Act of Fiscal Year 

2007, which requires the Under Secretary of Defense 

for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics to establish 

competency requirements and a training program to 

certify DoD military and civilian personnel with responsibility for generating requirements for Major Defense 

Acquisition Programs (MDAPs). 

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Recognize requirements management within the 

context of a “Big A” acquisition construct and the 

related processes;

•	 Recognize how today’s requirements and capabilities for the warfighter are conceived, developed, 

tested, and acquired;

•	 Recognize the roles of stakeholders responsible 

for the clarification, approval, and advocacy of a 

warfighter; and

•	 Apply the lessons learned to the roles and responsibilities of the executive. 

Target Attendees: This course is for DoD general/flag

officers or career and political Senior Executive Service 

personnel with position duties that involve leading or 

supervising the writing of MDAP requirement documents, adjudicating substantive comments concerning 

MDAP documents, validating or approving an MDAP 

requirement document, or participating in the approval 

chain for the document. 

Prerequisite(s): None 

Course Length: Varies depending upon the number of 

topics to be addressed; typically 1 class day 

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: ADU

RQM 403 

Requirements Management Executive Overview 

Core Concepts for Requirements Management 

allows professionals to study the role of both 

the requirements manager and requirements 

management within the “Big A” acquisition construct. 

It examines the capabilities and the process from an 

end-to-end perspective, highlighting the intersection 

between acquisition, resources, and requirements.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Identify how today’s requirements and capabilities 

for the warfighter are conceived, developed, tested, 

and acquired—a life cycle perspective; 

•	 Recognize the roles of stakeholders responsible for 

the clarification, approval, and advocacy of a warfighter capability; 

•	 Explain the processes, tools, and formats for guiding requirements from the needs of the warfighter 

through Joint Capabilities Integration Development 

System and acquisition as a method of fulfillment; 

and 

•	 Discuss DoD policies, procedures, and management tools impacting successful submittal of a 

requirement.

Target Attendees: Professionals responsible for planning, 

generating, establishing, and maintaining capabilities 

for the warfighter.

Prerequisite(s): CLM 041, Capabilities-Based Planning

Course Length: You have 45 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JQ9

Note: For those currently assigned or are within 6 

months of being assigned as a requirements manager 

for a Major Defense Acquisition Program, CLM 041 and 

RQM 110 are required for certification. 

RQM 110 

Core Concepts for Requirements Management
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 67

 Learning Assets

SAM 201 

Intermediate Software Acquisition Management

SAM 101 

Basic Software Acquisition Management

This course covers introductory-level concepts in 

DoD information systems acquisition management. It covers software acquisition/development 

risks, DoD regulatory and technical frameworks, software and system architectures, and software development life cycle and integration processes. Software 

standards, measurements, testing, security, quality 

issues, process maturity, as well as best practices for 

the management of software-intensive systems are 

also reviewed.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Understand software acquisition and information technology management-specific terms and 

concepts; 

•	 Recognize software measures, development models, paradigms, and strategies appropriate for use in 

software-intensive acquisitions; 

•	 Recognize organizational and individual roles and 

responsibilities; and 

•	 Reference sources for software acquisition and 

information technology management policies, standards, and best practices.

Target Attendees: SAM 101 is for acquisition personnel 

who are not in the Information Technology career 

field but are in positions that include some aspects 

of software acquisition or information technology 

management. Personnel seeking Level I certification 

in Information Technology should take IRM 101, not 

SAM 101.

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JHB

Note: If you completed IRM 101 Basic Information 

Systems Acquisition after Nov. 15, 2005, then you have 

met the requirement for SAM 101 if your career field 

requires this for certification.

Using in-depth integrated product team case 

studies and exercises supplemented by lecture 

and group discussion, professionals learn how 

to manage DoD software-intensive systems. They also 

learn to apply a variety of real-world software acquisition management best practices. The course covers 

topics such as requirements management, architectures, cost estimation, vendor qualification, metrics, 

process maturity, quality, and testing.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Apply acquisition strategies used for software and 

software-intensive systems; 

•	 Evaluate factors related to software architecture and 

systems architecture; 

•	 Perform domain analysis on a software-intensive 

system acquisition; 

•	 Assess program software life cycle planning and test 

program planning factors; 

•	 Apply requirements management and risk 

mitigation; 

•	 Illustrate the value of modeling and simulation in 

requirements analysis; and 

•	 Analyze software performance measures.

Target Attendees: SAM 201 is for those who are Level I 

certified in Information Technology. It is also recommended for those who serve in intermediate-level DoD 

or industry-equivalent acquisition positions that involve 

software acquisition management.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B 

•	 SAM 101, Basic Information Systems Acquisition or 

IRM 101, Basic Information Systems Acquisition

Recommended: At least 2 years of Information Technology acquisition experience and completion of Technical Reviews (CLE 003)

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHC
68 Chapter 3

This course provides an understanding of the 

procedures and mechanisms used to transition 

advanced technologies into warfighting systems. 

Personnel associated with science and technology 

(S&T) project management will be able to understand 

the challenges presented in successfully transitioning 

technology into the weapons systems acquisition process or directly to the warfighter, assess the implications of various technology transition mechanisms, and 

apply effective technology transition practices.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Understand the challenge presented in effectively 

transitioning technology; 

•	 Understand the project planning, budgeting, and 

transition activities; 

•	 Assess the implications of various technology transition mechanisms, including patents and intellectual 

property considerations; and 

•	 Apply effective technology transition practices, 

including systems engineering.

Target Attendees: This course is part of the Level II 

certification training requirement for Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and Engineering—Science and 

Technology Manager career field. Personnel whose 

duties include developing overall program goals for 

S&T funds and acquiring the services of scientists, 

engineers, and technical support personnel to perform 

S&T research for DoD should attend this course. Attendance is also recommended for those who provide 

funds and oversight to the S&T performers, (including 

universities, industry, and federal organizations) and 

those who interface with the technology customers to 

expedite the transition of technology to the user

Prerequisite(s):

•	 ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B 

•	 SYS 101, Fundamentals of Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and Engineering 

•	 CLE 021,Technology Readiness Assessments

Predecessor Course(s): STM 201, Intermediate S&T 

Management

Course Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JH3

STM 202 

Intermediate S&T Management

Advanced Software Acquisition Management is 

a seminar-based course for senior personnel 

who acquire, engineer, test, and evaluate DoD 

software-intensive systems. SAM 301 is also for acquisition professionals interested in obtaining comprehensive insight into the risks and issues associated with 

developing and implementing complex DoD software 

systems.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Analyze the causes of cost, schedule, and performance problems in large software efforts; 

•	 Examine differences between commercial software 

acquisition efforts and DoD efforts; 

•	 Develop an ability to recognize and selectively 

adopt commercial practices; 

•	 Understand the organizational and cultural dynamics of program offices and software development 

teams; 

•	 Evaluate the suitability of alternative organization 

structures, including integrated product teams; 

•	 Evaluate and select software metrics that will provide insight into program status and facilitate early 

detection of potential problems; and 

•	 Assess federal and DoD acquisition initiatives.

Target Attendees: SAM 301 is for those who are Level II 

certified in Information Technology. It is also recommended for those who serve in senior DoD or industryequivalent acquisition positions that involve software 

acquisition management.

Prerequisite(s): 

•	 SAM 201, Intermediate Software Acquisition 

Management

•	 IRM 201, Intermediate Information Systems 

Acquisition

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BU9

SAM 301 

Advanced Software Acquisition Management
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 69

 Learning Assets

This course is a technically rigorous, comprehensive introduction to systems engineering and 

the various technical management and technical 

management processes involved in its application. 

Based on the systems engineering processes outlined 

in the Defense Acquisition Guidebook, SYS 101 provides 

the essential foundations needed for systems planning, 

research, development, and engineering careerists and 

others—such as program management personnel and 

life cycle support managers—to effectively participate 

in the application and the management of DoD systems engineering processes and their related activities.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 More capably interact with program integrated 

product teams regarding the proper application of 

systems engineering; 

•	 Understand how the eight technical processes can 

be applied in top-down development and bottomup product realization; 

•	 Understand how the eight technical management 

processes are used to control and assess systems 

engineering activities; and 

•	 Describe the role of a systems model, the work 

breakdown structure, standards, top-down design, 

bottom-up product realization, and the systems 

engineering plan.

Target Attendees: This course is part of the Level I certification training requirement for the Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and Engineering—Systems 

Engineering career field. Additionally, as an in-depth 

introduction to systems engineering and its technical 

management and technical processes, it is suitable 

for personnel in technical management and program 

management positions who want to understand more 

about systems engineering processes.

Prerequisite(s): ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JO1

STM 303 

Advanced S&T Management

This course provides professionals with an understanding of the procedures and mechanisms used 

to transition emerging technologies into warfighting systems. Attendees will be able to apply the critical 

skills of systems engineering, test and evaluation, and 

budgeting processes for technology project management. They will learn how to analyze and apply effective technology transition practices from basic research 

to acquisition or deployment.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Apply the principles of systems engineering management and its various tools; 

•	 Assess the implications of various technology transition mechanisms using integrated product teams; 

•	 Apply effective technology transition practices such 

as transition entrance and exit criteria, transition 

plans, affordability analyses, and cost schedule 

reporting; and 

•	 Plan, budget for, and manage a technology project 

through basic and applied research, advanced 

development, and eventual transition to an acquisition program or directly to the warfighter.

Target Attendees: This course is part of the Level II 

certification training requirement for Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and Engineering—Science and 

Technology Manager career field. Personnel whose 

duties include developing overall program goals for 

science and technology (S&T) funds and acquiring the 

services of scientists, engineers, and technical support 

personnel to perform S&T research for DoD should 

attend this course. Attendance is also recommended 

for those who provide funds and oversight to the 

S&T performers, (including universities, industry, and 

federal organizations) and those who interface with 

the technology customers to expedite the transition of 

technology to the user.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 STM 202, Intermediate S&T Management 

•	 CLM 014, IPT Management and Leadership

Predecessor Course(s): STM 302, Advanced S&T 

Management

Course Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JH8

SYS 101 

Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering
70 Chapter 3

Gain a journeyman-level understanding of how 

the DoD systems engineering processes can be 

applied to the Defense AT&L Life Cycle Management Framework chart. Course content includes the 

scope and role of systems engineering and its key 

technical inputs and outputs, the key aspects of technical baselines, the role of technical reviews, and important design considerations.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Outline systems engineering activities in the context 

of the various life cycle phases of the defense acquisition framework; 

•	 Understand the scope of systems engineering and 

its relationship to other program management functions across the life cycle; 

•	 Understand the linkage of technical reviews to technical program management.

Target Attendees: This course is part of the Level II certification training requirement for the Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and Engineering—Systems 

Engineering career field. Additionally, members of 

other career fields who require an understanding of 

how systems engineering is applied to systems acquisition and sustainment will benefit from this course.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B 

•	 SYS 101, Fundamentals of Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and Engineering 

•	 Access to the DAU Integrated Defense Acquisition, 

Technology, and Logistics Life Cycle Management 

Framework chart available at https://acc.dau.mil/ifc/

download_pdf.htm.

Predecessor Course(s): SYS 201A, Intermediate Systems 

Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part 

A

Recommended: At least 2 years of technical experience in 

an acquisition position to include industry or government 

equivalent from among the following career fields/paths: 

SPRDE—SE; SPRDE—STM; IT; T&E; PQM; PM; or LCL.

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must pass a final examination at the 

conclusion of this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JO5

SYS 202

Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering, Part I

SYS 203

Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering, Part II

This journeyman-level course requires professionals to apply the DoD systems engineering 

processes and techniques learned in SYS 202. 

Participants will work in integrated product teams and 

apply systems engineering technical processes and 

technical management processes to a defense system 

across the various phases of the defense acquisition 

framework.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Relate systems engineering to program 

management; 

•	 Apply systems engineering to a given system at 

various stages in its life cycle; 

•	 Use and apply event-based technical reviews; and 

•	 Develop key portions of a systems engineering plan.

Target Attendees: This course is part of the Level II certification training requirement for the Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and Engineering—Systems 

Engineering career field. Additionally, members of 

other career fields who require an understanding of 

how systems engineering is applied to systems acquisition and sustainment will benefit from this course.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 SYS 202, Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering, Part I 

•	 CLE 003, Technical Reviews

Predecessor Course(s): SYS 201B, Intermediate Systems 

Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, 

Part B

Recommended: At least 2 years of technical experience 

in an acquisition position to include industry or government equivalent from among the following career 

fields/paths: SPRDE—SE; SPRDE—STM; IT; T&E; PQM; 

PM; or LCL.

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JO6
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Course Descriptions and 71

 Learning Assets

The Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation course 

emphasizes basic DoD test and evaluation (T&E) 

principles, policies, processes, and practices. TST 

102 covers the integrated T&E processes outlined in 

the Defense Acquisition Guidebook and provides the 

essential foundation knowledge needed by T&E professionals and others to more effectively participate in 

DoD T&E activities.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Better understand the role of T&E functions within 

the DoD acquisition framework and more effectively 

interact with program office personnel regarding 

basic T&E processes; 

•	 Describe the role of T&E as a feedback and riskreduction mechanism and its relationship to systems 

engineering and the development process; 

•	 Understand DoD T&E policies, processes, and 

procedures, including how a test and evaluation 

strategy and a test and evaluation master plan are 

developed and used; and 

•	 Outline the four stages of testing and describe key 

activities that should occur within each stage.

Target Attendees: This course is part of the Level I 

certification training requirement for the Test & Evaluation career field. Additionally, as a basic introduction 

to T&E, it is suitable for personnel in other technical 

acquisition management and program management 

positions who want to understand more about T&E and 

the critical role it plays in system acquisition.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition 

Management 

•	 CLE 011, Modeling and Simulation in Systems Engineering, or CLE 023, Modeling and Simulation for 

Test and Evaluation

Predecessor Course(s): TST 101, Introduction to Acquisition Workforce Test and Evaluation

Recommended: At least 1 year of acquisition experience

Course Length: You have 60 calendar days to complete 

this course. You must submit two homework assignments and pass an examination at the conclusion of 

each lesson in this course.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PDS Code: JHY

TST 102

Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation

Designed for senior DoD acquisition personnel, 

SYS 302 is focused on the application of technical leadership skills within a typical DoD systems 

engineering environment. SYS 302 participants are 

expected to have sufficient background knowledge 

of the DoD’s systems engineering management processes, knowledge of the application of systems engineering to each acquisition phase, and the capability 

to apply these concepts to complex technical management problems involving critical thinking. As part of 

the SYS 302 course, participants will lead and participate in an engineering team that analyzes and resolves 

a variety of technical engineering critical issues. Class 

exercises are supplemented by lessons on current 

policy, architectures, and design considerations.

Objectives: Participants who successfully complete this 

course will be better able to: 

•	 Analyze and resolve senior-level technical problems; 

•	 Understand how to assess and manage technical 

product maturity and risk across the acquisition life 

cycle; and 

•	 Integrate program office technical engineering 

activities and process teams.

Target Attendees: This course is for senior civilian and 

military personnel who are Level II certified in the 

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Systems Engineering career field or are a 

defense industry equivalent. 

Prerequisite(s):

•	 ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B 

•	 SYS 203, Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering, Part II 

•	 CLE 003, Technical Reviews 

Predecessor Course(s): SYS 301, Advanced Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

Recommended: Professionals should have at least 4 years 

of systems planning, research, development, and engineering experience, and should complete Designing for 

Supportability in DoD Systems (CLL 008).

Course Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JO7

SYS 302

Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering
72 Chapter 3

TST 302

Advanced Test and Evaluation

This course builds upon professionals’ knowledge, 

skills, and on-the-job experience relating to DoD 

test and evaluation (T&E) policies, processes, 

and practices. A number of problem-solving situations 

engage participants in the application of T&E concepts 

and principles. Course topics include the role of T&E in 

systems acquisition; T&E planning and the T&E strategy; T&E master plan development; managing a T&E 

program; and planning, conducting, and processing the 

results of T&E events.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Recognize the interactions among T&E 

organizations; 

•	 Describe the impact of program changes on T&Erelated documentation; 

•	 Tailor T&E processes and practices for a given 

system; 

•	 Identify the key considerations impacting the development of an integrated T&E strategy; and 

•	 Identify the key considerations for minimizing risks 

inherent in test execution activities.

Target Attendees: This course is part of the Level II certification training requirement for the Test and Evaluation 

career field. Additionally, members of other acquisition 

career fields, including defense industry personnel 

who require an understanding of how T&E is applied to 

systems acquisition will benefit from this course.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 ACQ 201B, Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B 

•	 TST 102, Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation

Predecessor Course(s): TST 202, Intermediate Test and 

Evaluation

Recommended: At least 2 years of T&E experience

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: QMI

TST 203

Intermediate Test and Evaluation

Designed for senior DoD acquisition personnel, 

the Advanced Test and Evaluation course is 

focused around leadership and management 

issues. TST 302 involves facilitated discussion of current DoD policies, strategies, processes, and practices 

as they are applied and used for the planning and management of test and evaluation (T&E) for DoD systems. 

This course covers a variety of knowledge-building and 

interactive problem-solving skills using case studies 

developed around lessons learned from actual system 

acquisitions. Class discussion and study group efforts 

culminate in participant presentations based around 

case analysis and solution analysis. Knowledge and 

skills developed in this course will facilitate successful 

professional participation as a T&E member in integrated planning and development activities.

Objectives: Those who successfully complete this course 

will be able to: 

•	 Identify T&E management issues relevant to a given 

situation; 

•	 Identify, analyze, and assess T&E best practices; 

•	 Research, prepare, and present briefings on 

assigned case topics; 

•	 Assess the impact of recent changes in T&E policies 

or practices; and 

•	 Assess the value of T&E and its relationship to other 

processes, including systems engineering.

Target Attendees: This course is part of the Level III certification training requirement for the Test and Evaluation career field. Typical attendees include T&E leads 

for programs and Service/agency/facility T&E managers and engineers. Other senior technical and management personnel, including defense industry personnel, 

who plan, perform, and manage T&E tasks in support 

of acquisition will also benefit from the course.

Prerequisite(s):

•	 TST 203, Intermediate Test and Evaluation 

•	 CLM 029, Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter

Predecessor Course(s): TST 301, Advanced Test and 

Evaluation

Recommended: At least 4 years of T&E experience

Course Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: QL9
= Resident/Local = Distance learning Performance Support 73

should be made well in advance of your organization’s 

planned offsite. A portable system can be used for 

similar facilitation services at your location or other 

DAU campuses. 

Rapid-Deployment Training

In response to the accelerated rate of change to acquisition policies, procedures, and best practices, DAU 

established a rapid-deployment training capability. 

By quickly focusing attention on high-value initiatives, 

DAU is able to develop and deliver training to large 

numbers of the acquisition workforce soon after an 

initiative is implemented and in parallel with changes 

to our formal courses. Rapid-deployment training will 

be provided via multiple available media, including live 

webcasts, recorded video-on-demand and podcasts, 

classroom training, continuous learning modules, and 

local sessions. 

A few notable examples of rapid-deployment training include the Item Unique Identification/Radio 

Frequency Identification (IUID/RFID) program and the 

FAR Part 45 Rewrite on Government Property, which 

have significantly improved efficiency in moving supplies to warfighters and facilitated item tracking. Our 

faculty stand ready to fulfill specific requests for consulting and targeted training. Rapid-deployment training will be designed and tailored for government and 

industry customers at the direction of DoD officials. 

For more information, visit the Performance Support/

Rapid-Deployment Training Web site at www.dau.mil/

performance_support. 

Targeted Training

The following targeted training workshops and 

minicourses are available to the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce. To find out more about these courses or to 

Performance Support enables DAU to provide

expert resources and learning assets and may 

include consulting, targeted training, group facilitation, and rapid-deployment training. Faculty from 

all disciplines and regions can consult with government acquisition organizations in integrated product 

teams on either a long- or short-term basis. The list 

and brief descriptions of standing targeted training 

courses are provided on the next few pages. At the 

customer’s request and as resources are available, 

faculty can develop specific targeted training courses. 

Experienced facilitators can be scheduled within days 

of release of new initiatives that affect the acquisition 

workforce. 

Consulting

DAU offers consulting in most functional areas. Information on topics such as dispute resolution, strategic 

planning, and problem solving is also offered through 

such media as magazines, books, guides, and other 

training materials.

Consulting services are provided by DAU’s seasoned 

faculty. Our faculty have extensive acquisition program 

experience, education, and training to provide the 

right solutions at the right time to solve individual, 

field organization, and agency acquisition problems. 

We utilize systems thinking and other problem-solving 

methods to identify, evaluate, and develop timely and 

appropriate solutions to your acquisition and organizational challenges. 

DAU offers a Program Start-up Workshop to facilitate 

better government and industry teaming after contract 

award on defense acquisition programs. The 3- to 

5-day workshop is tailored to match the specific needs 

of each program and is conducted jointly with government and industry teams. Ideally held 2 to 4 weeks 

after contract award, the workshop provides training 

on essential start-up activities and creates an environment of teamwork, communication, and trust. 

For team collaboration and complex problem solving, 

a state-of-the-art Management Deliberation Center is 

available at our Capital and Northeast regional campus 

at Fort Belvoir, Virginia. DoD and civilian agencies 

may reserve the Management Deliberation Center for 

strategic planning, team building, brainstorming, and 

other facilitated interventions. Trained facilitators help 

plan and implement your organization’s performance 

support requirements. Reservations for the Management Deliberation Center and facilitation services 

THE AT&L PLM ... 

Performance Support

AT&L Performance Learning Model
74 Chapter 3

Crucial Conversations provides high-level skills for individuals, teams, and organizations needing to more 

effectively communicate, share information, and act 

with unity and conviction. 2 days

Design of Experiments—Industrial Strength (DOE-IS) is 

designed for those looking for a genuine understanding of both the design of an experiment and the analysis of the data that emanate from the experiment(s). 

The course requires statistical thinking, but is not 

heavily oriented in mathematics. It does provide the 

necessary tools for application. 5 days

DISA Information Systems Engineering Seminar (ISES) introduces the software management team of any Defense 

Information Systems Agency (DISA) project to some 

of the realities of procurement, acquisition, basic 

systems, and software engineering. 3 days

Diversity Games Workshop is based on the “whole brain” 

concept described in the Herrmann Brain Dominance 

Instrument (HBDI) developed by William “Ned” Herrmann. Students learn to understand their own thinking styles as well as the styles of others. It clearly 

shows how diversity is not a liability but can become 

one of a team’s best assets as it encompasses the best 

there is to offer in a group. 0.5–1 day

Earned Value Management (EVM) is an important program 

management tool for large acquisition programs. 

Using basic definitions and analytical tools, this class 

can be tailored to the beginning EVM analyst or kept 

at the management level to address managing a 

program based on the EVM information that has been 

provided. 3 days

Economic Analysis for Decision Making (EADM) explores the 

processes and techniques for making decisions among 

different economic alternatives and will enable the 

student to plan and conduct studies and recommend 

courses of action. 5 days

Economic Analysis for Managers (EAM) is a broad review 

of the techniques recognized by the DoD for making 

decisions among different economic courses of 

action. 5 days

Executive Seminar in Government Property (ESGP) employs 

case studies and exercises to demonstrate the value of 

good government property management. The workshop is designed for managerial personnel with overall 

responsibility for government property. 3 days

Fiscal Responsibilities for the DoD Technical Professional 

explains laws and regulations that have a large impact 

on the test and evaluation community, such as the 

National Defense Authorization Act, DoD 5000 documents, and the Joint Capabilities Integration and 

request a course for your organization, visit www.dau.

mil./performance_support/targeted_training.asp.

Acquisition Actions (A76 802) provides an overview of the 

process of the development of the solicitation (including the performance work statement) and the quality 

assurance surveillance plan, and the source selection 

evaluation process. 5 days

ACTD Execution (How to Run an Advanced Concept Technology 

Demonstration) provides the student the necessary programmatic, systems engineering, and technical management skills and know-how to become an effective, 

productive member of an Advanced Concept Technology Demonstration (ACTD) execution team. 5 days

ACTD Transition Management Course introduces the 

management team of an ACTD project to some of 

the realities of the procurement and acquisition 

environment into which most ACTDs expect to 

transition. 5 days

Activity-Based Costing Principles introduces the principles 

and techniques of this powerful management tool, 

which accurately relates the cost of products and services offered to customers with the consumption of 

organizational resources. 3.5 days 

Agency Tender Development (A76 803) provides an overview of the process of developing the government’s 

response to the requirements of the solicitation of a 

competitive sourcing competition. 5 days

Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) covers such topics as 

interest-based negotiation, partnering, and third-partyassisted ADR procedures, which lead to equitable, 

cost-effective, and time-efficient mutual agreements 

while building positive working relationships that continue beyond the life of the contract. 2 days

Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) Course explains 

the duties, responsibilities, limitations, nature, and 

scope of personal interactions and gives a full picture 

of what this position requires. 4.5 days

Cost Compare (A76 804) emphasizes cost principles and 

estimation practices used to develop preliminary planning baseline cost estimates, adjusted baseline cost 

estimates, and the agency cost estimate. 5 days

Cost Risk Analysis—A Monte Carlo Simulation Approach. 

After a program’s risks (performance, schedule, and 

cost estimating) have been identified, an approach is 

selected to estimate the cost impact to the program. 

This class uses a Monte Carlo simulation to analyze 

uncertainty, construct a total cost distribution, and 

make probability statements concerning program cost. 

2 days

THE AT&L PLM ... Performance Support
Performance Support 75

Logistics Test and Evaluation is an orientation for members 

of the logistics test and evaluation community who 

have been selected from operational units to do test 

and evaluation on weapons systems. 2 days

Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) Workshop provides 

participants with heightened self-awareness and useful 

knowledge on working with others in organizational 

and team settings. Participants will complete the MBTI 

in the workshop. 4–6 hours

Navy Systems Engineering Guide explains the Naval Air 

Systems Command approach to systems engineering 

(designed for NAVAIR technical managers). 5 days

New Program Start-up Workshop is tailored to the specific 

needs of each program. DAU and Raytheon have 

jointly developed this workshop to facilitate better 

government and industry teaming after contract 

award on defense acquisition programs. 3–5 days

Performance-Based Logistics (PBL) Overview explores the 

basics of PBL as the DoD preferred weapon system 

product support strategy, including information from 

the DoD 12-Step PBL Implementation Strategy contained in the DoD PBL guidebook, Performance-Based 

Logistics: A Program Manager’s Product Support 

Guide. 1 day 

Performance-Based Service Acquisition (PBSA) provides an 

overview of performance-based methods and how to 

determine when they are appropriate. The course is 

designed for personnel who must work with program 

officials to plan, award, and administer performancebased contracts. 3 days

Phone Negotiations Workshop emphasizes managementlevel planning and oversight of logistics support development for a new system. 1 day

Post-Competition Accountability (A76 805) discusses the 

performance decision implementation and its differences from the post-competition accountability. 

Details are given on how implementation actions form 

a foundation for the accountability requirements. 

3 days

Preliminary Planning (A76 801) provides personnel with the 

tools necessary to analyze and apply the principles 

associated with the initial planning phase of a competitive sourcing competition. The training uses exercises 

and the nine mandated steps in the 0MB Circular No. 

A-76 to provide participants with practical, hands-on 

experience. 5 days

Problem-Solving Techniques for Quality Improvement (PSTQ)

examines problem-solving methodology, statistical 

Development System (JCIDS). Note: This short course 

is updated frequently to include the latest available 

information. 2 days

General Acquisition Principles and Fiscal Responsibilities provides the student an update on the DoD acquisition 

processes and principles; the standards of conduct 

and potential consequences that govern and guide the 

acquisition workforce; and the basics of fiscal (appropriations) law, rules, and practices that govern how 

appropriated funds are spent. 3 days

Government Property Disposition Seminar (GPDS) provides 

an overview for contracting offices covering the statutory and regulatory disposal requirements for government property in the possession of contractors. 2 days

Government Property Forms (GPF) explains the numerous 

forms required for use in the management of government property, including the Inventory Schedule, DD 

Form 1662, DD Form 1149, SF Form 1423, and Reports 

of Discrepancies. 1 day

Government Property in a Contingency Contracting Environment (GPCCE) covers the issues surrounding GPCCE, 

including special concerns for providing and controlling government property in a wartime environment.

2 days

Integrated Baseline Review Workshop is tailored to the participant’s particular project and provides instructions 

on how to best conduct an Integrated Baseline Review 

to assess the reasonableness, adequacy, and accuracy 

of this baseline plan. 2 days

ISO 9000/2000 provides an understanding and a 

working knowledge of the application, interpretation, and evaluation of the International Organization of Standards (ISO) 9000 series standards for 

quality management systems as used in defense 

acquisition. 2 days

Leading Project Teams Course illustrates the principles 

of team development and operation using practical 

examples and exercises. (The course can be tailored to 

meet the specific needs of the sponsoring organization.) 3–5 days

Lean Thinking and Value Stream Mapping Seminar focuses on 

creating value as determined by the customer emphasizing Lean thinking principles and concepts. 2.5 days

Lean Value Stream Mapping provides students the opportunity to learn to see the flow of information and 

material throughout the value stream. It emphasizes 

the techniques of value stream mapping. Students 

will apply these techniques to their work environment, 

drawing current and future state maps. 2 days
76 Chapter 3

Statistical Process Control (SPC) offers a clear, effective 

way to learn basic statistical process control and techniques that can be applied immediately. Note: A basic 

understanding of algebra is recommended, and participants should bring a scientific or statistical calculator 

to class. 5 days

Statistical Process Control for Short Runs provides the basic 

knowledge required for reaping the benefits of Statistical Process Control (SPC) with short production 

runs. 3 days

System Acquisition Overview (SAO) provides members of 

the acquisition community a basic understanding of 

the terms, relationships, decisions, and actions taken 

by a program management office during the life cycle 

of a major weapon system. 3 days

Technical Issues in Government Property Disposal (TIGPD) 

covers the technical issues surrounding the disposition of government property in the possession of 

contractors, including inventory verification, sampling 

requirements, hazardous wastes, demilitarization, and 

information technology resources. 2 days

Technology Assessment and Transition Management

prepares the student to conduct technology assessment using a variety of tools and provides training 

on technology development strategies, technology 

transition agreements, and other technology transition 

documentation. 2 days

Whole Brain Dominance Workshop uses the Herrmann 

Brain Dominance Instrument (HBDI), a widely used 

instrument for understanding the implications of thinking style preferences on communications, problem 

solving, and team building. Participants will complete 

the HBDI and receive individual feedback on their 

results. They can then use the workshop to improve 

self management and to work with others in group 

settings. 2–4 hours

techniques, and a tool kit of ideas that may be used to 

achieve quality improvement goals. 3 days

Program Attorney’s Acquisition Overview Course provides 

program attorneys with insights regarding program 

management office functions, challenges, and processes involved in fielding needed capabilities to 

their customers within budget and schedule constraints. 5 days

Program Management through the Looking Glass provides 

coaching and feedback to program managers and 

their teams using the Looking Glass, Inc.® management 

simulation. 3 days

Property Administration/Management for Contracting Officers 

(PACO) explains the roles and responsibilities of the 

contracting officer in regard to government property 

when provided to contractors. 3 days

Property Control Systems Analysis Workshop (PCSAW) examines worksheet design, data analysis, and case-based 

problem solving as well as a number of advanced audit 

techniques available to the property administrator. 3 

days

Provisioning Management emphasizes management-level 

planning and oversight of logistics support development for a new system. 4 days

Quality Assurance for Commercial Activities (QACA) provides 

the requisite tools and knowledge to effectively design 

quality assurance surveillance plans for commercial 

activities. 4 days

Resources for the Test and Evaluation Professional introduces 

a wealth of information and resources available to the 

Test and Evaluation workforce, including magazines 

and publications, handbooks and guidebooks, Web 

sites, classes, online courses, CD-ROMs, and software 

resources. 5 hours

Risk Management Workshop provides an overview of risk 

management and a process to identify, evaluate, and 

develop risk-handling strategies. 1 day

Sole Source Commercial Item Pricing addresses potential 

problems associated with purchasing a commercial 

supply or service on a sole source basis. Note: Students must bring a basic calculator to class to accomplish the application exercises. 1 day

Source Selection provides an overview of Source Selection and Technical Evaluation Board documentation 

pertaining to competitive proposals using the Federal 

Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Subpart 15.3, Source 

Selection Process. 1–2 days

For more information on targeted training or 

to schedule consulting services, contact the 

performance support team at your regional DAU 

campus:

West Region..................................................619-584-4811

Midwest Region............................................937-781-1029

South Region ................................................ 256-722-1014

Mid-Atlantic Region.................................240-895-7324

Capital & Northeast Region................703-805-4978

DSMC–School of 

 Program Managers.............................703-805-4368

DAU Headquarters..................................703-805-4993

THE AT&L PLM ... Performance Support
Performance Support 77

AT&L Performance Learning Model

The DAU Continuous Learning Center (CLC) offers 

online, self-paced continuous learning (CL) modules with assessments and certificates as well as 

presentations intended for awareness only. Links to 

modules from the Air Force Institute of Technology 

(AFIT), the General Services Administration (GSA), the 

Section 508 Initiative, and the Navy are also offered. 

Also, several easy-to-use online modules sponsored 

by Harvard ManageMentor ® 10 provide information on 

topics fundamental to managerial success. These topics range from running an effective meeting or managing a project to negotiating skills. Information regarding these opportunities is available at the CLC Web site 

at http://clc.dau.mil. 

DAU continually develops and adds new offerings to 

the CLC site. To see what’s new, check the CLC Web 

site frequently. The following list provides the continuous learning opportunities available at the time of this 

printing:

THE AT&L PLM ... 

Continuous Learning 
78 Chapter 3

CLB—Business Modules

CLB 007 Cost Analysis focuses on the basic cost analysis 

process that is one of the fundamental building blocks 

of any acquisition program.

CLB 008 Program Execution describes the budget execution process, including the legal concerns and potential impact of poor budget execution.

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and 

Budget Exhibits explains the PPBE process, including the 

legal concerns and potential impact of poor budget 

execution.

CLB 010 Congressional Enactment focuses on the congressional processes that lead to a budget resolution, an 

Authorization Act, and an Appropriation Act and the 

implications of those process outcomes to defense 

acquisition programs.

CLB 011 Budget Policy focuses on appropriations and the 

funding policies associated with each appropriation. It 

relates a defense acquisition program’s cost estimate to 

its programming and budgeting requirements.

CLB 014 Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements for APB, DAES, and SAR provides information on 

the terminology, concepts, and policies pertaining 

to required acquisition reports generated using the 

Consolidated Acquisition Reporting System (CARS) 

software.

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management provides the basics of EVM as they relate to acquisition 

program management.

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline introduces the 

EVM language and processes associated with development of the performance measurement baseline.

CLB 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports

reviews the most common DoD data reports associated with earned value management (EVM), cost estimating, and financial management.

CLB 019 Estimate at Completion reviews the process for 

computing an estimate at completion range when 

given EVM data.

CLB 020 Baseline Maintenance reviews the concepts 

associated with performance measurement baseline 

maintenance.

CLB 023 Software Cost Estimating explains DoD’s policy, 

guidance, and application of SCE and enables the 

business or program manager to determine if an estimate is realistic and defendable.

CLB 024 Cost Risk Analysis Introduction provides the foundation for an understanding of risk management as it 

relates to cost estimation. It addresses program risks 

that help ensure program costs, schedule, and performance objectives are met.

CLC—Contracts Modules

CLC 001 Defense Subcontract Management addresses subcontracting activities from the perspective of the staff 

of a defense acquisition program office. The module 

also addresses the activities of supporting government 

offices and agencies, issues faced by prime contractors employing subcontractors, and issues faced by 

subcontractors themselves.

CLC 003 Sealed Bidding provides the federal procurement 

professional a better understanding of contracting for 

supplies and services using the sealed bidding process.

CLC 004 Market Research explains market research and its 

importance in acquiring weapons and combat system 

capabilities better, faster, and more cheaply. 

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures aims at providing 

federal procurement and acquisition professionals with 

a better understanding of contracting for supplies and 

services using Simplified Acquisition Procedures.

CLC 006 Contract Terminations addresses the appropriate 

ways of determining how to prepare and process a 

termination notice.

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection provides federal procurement and acquisition professionals with a better 

understanding of the source selection process and its 

goals.

CLC 008 Indirect Costs serves as a primer for those who 

are unfamiliar with indirect costs associated with 

pricing of contracts, interim contract billing, and determination of actual contract costs.

CLC 009 Service Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business

Program explains the basic requirements of the ServiceDisabled Veteran-Owned Small Business Program.

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us provides people 

who do not work in the Contracting field with a basic 

knowledge of some of the essential processes and 

considerations that DoD contracting professionals 

encounter in order to satisfy customers’ requirements.

CLC 012 Contracting Officer’s Representative Overview (HCAA) 

provides students with a general knowledge of roles 

and responsibilities as individuals involved in the contracting process.

THE AT&L PLM ... Continuous Learning 
Continuous Learning 79

CLC 033 Contract Format and Structure for DoD eBusiness 

Environment identifies the problems associated with 

poor contract structure, differentiates among special 

contract structures, and identifies elements of effective contract line items structure. 

CLC 034 Provisional Award Fee explains the DFARS guidance, effective Jan. 13, 2004, for the use of provisional 

award fee payments in cost-plus-award-fee contracts.

CLC 035 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects: 

Comprehensive Coverage presents the mandatory 

requirements and other guidelines to consider when 

using OTA for prototype projects.

CLC 036 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects 

Overview summarizes the mandatory requirements and 

other guidelines to consider when using OTA for prototype projects.

CLC 037 A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview provides an 

introduction to the Office of Management and Budget 

Circular A-76 that implements the President’s Management Agenda for Competitive Sourcing.

CLC 040 Predictive Analysis and Scheduling provides an 

overview of the various types of schedules used by 

DCMA personnel and a background of how predictive analysis is utilized to determine and maintain 

schedules.

CLC 041 Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering provides 

an overview of how predictive analysis plays a role 

in systems engineering. Various systems engineering 

tools are also discussed. 

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance provides 

an overview of quality assurance activities and how 

they relate to the use of predictive analysis as a tool to 

form assumptions of future events.

CLC 043 Defense Priorities and Allocations System ensures 

that government and industry users are thoroughly 

familiar with the priorities and allocations authority of 

the Defense Production Act.

CLC 044 Alternative Dispute Resolution explains how to 

effectively use dispute resolution, which is a tool for 

resolving contract disputes without litigation.

CLC 045 Partnering discusses a key component of alternative dispute resolution, partnering, which is a method 

used to help prevent disputes. This module provides 

information on the concept of partnering and its 

affects on working relationships.

CLC 046 Green Procurement identifies the objectives 

and background of DoD’s Green Procurement 

Program.

CLC 013 Performance-Based Services Acquisition explains 

how performance-based services acquisition strategies 

adapt best commercial practices and maximize performance, innovation, and competition.

CLC 018 Contractual Incentives focuses on the balance 

between government and industry goals and objectives in crafting an effective incentive strategy that 

delivers value to both parties.

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success details 

Defense Contract Management Agency products and 

services that can be utilized to reduce program risk.

CLC 020 Commercial Item Determination explores the commercial item determination process as outlined in the 

Commercial Item Determination Handbook. 

CLC 022 Profit Policy Revisions addresses changes to DoD’s 

profit policy as a result of DFARS Cases 2000-D300 

and 2000-D018.

CLC 023 Commercial Item Determination Executive Overview 

reviews the process outlined in the Commercial Item 

Determination Handbook.

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial provides a refresher of basic 

math skills that may be required when performing 

calculations without the aid of a performance-support 

tool or calculator. (Briefing)

CLC 026 Performance-Based Payments Overview presents 

an overview of the fundamental concepts of PBPs 

and the guidance necessary for implementing a PBP 

financing structure as part of a fixed-price contract.

CLC 027 Buy American Act demystifies Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), Part 25, and DFARS (Defense 

Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement) 225 with 

materials and practical examples.

CLC 028 Past Performance Information explains the rationale 

behind collecting past performance information, why 

it should be used, and how its use improves contractor 

performance.

CLC 030 Essentials of Interagency Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity provides DoD acquisition professionals with 

a better understanding of the need to ensure that 

non-DoD contracting instruments are appropriately 

used by DoD. It provides an overview of current policy; 

key concepts and requirements on scope, competition, 

and fiscal law; and the roles and responsibilities of the 

requesting activities and assisting agencies.

CLC 031 Reverse Auctioning introduces a new Internetbased contracting technique used by the DoD acquisition community to achieve significant cost savings 

through e-commerce capabilities.
80 Chapter 3

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force introduces basic 

acquisition and contract management requirements 

related to implementation of DoDI 3020.41, Contractor 

Personnel Authorized to Accompany the U.S. Armed 

Forces.

CLC 113 Procedures, Guidance, and Information presents basic 

information about the Defense Federal Acquisition 

Regulation Supplement (DFARS) procedures, guidance, and information.

CLC 114 Contingency Contracting Officer Refresher explains 

how to apply sound procurement techniques and 

effectively administer your contracts and provides 

an understanding of the funding implications.

CLC 120 Utilities Privatization Contract Administration is 

designed for the DoD professional involved in the contract administration, or post-award, stage of utilities 

privatization services contracts.

CLC 125 Berry Amendment covers the necessary statutory 

requirements to be applied during the acquisition 

process in order to comply with the provisions of the 

Berry Amendment.

CLC 131 Commercial Item Pricing covers the new procedures, guidance, and information concerning solesource commercial items and elaboration on the 

requirements of FAR 15.4.

CLC 132 Organizational Conflicts of Interest provides an overview on how to recognize situations that could lead to 

an organizational conflict of interest.

CLC 133 Contract Payment Instructions provides an overview 

of how to identify and apply Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement and procedures, guidance, 

and information requirements as well as procedures 

for payment and billing under DoD contracts.

CLE—Engineering and Technology 

Modules

CLE 001 Value Engineering is an overview of value engineering for everyone, including program managers, 

system engineers, logistics personnel, functional 

leaders, and contractors.

CLE 003 Technical Reviews presents essential, practical 

guidelines for integrating several different technical 

reviews into the systems engineering process and DoD 

acquisition life cycle.

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts explains 

Lean enterprise concepts and techniques, the key to 

CLC 047 Contract Negotiation Techniques helps professionals obtain a better understanding of various analysis 

techniques and tools to use in the development of a 

contract’s negotiation range.

CLC 050 Contracting with Canada, developed with the 

assistance of the Canadian Commercial Corporation, 

demonstrates the efficiency and effectiveness of contracting with Canadian companies.

CLC 060 Time and Materials Contracts includes an overview 

of the new policies, with links to the Federal Acquisition Regulation and Defense Federal Acquisition 

Regulation Supplement changes, and examples of 

applications.

CLC 102 Administration of Other Transactions focuses on 

other transactions from contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements, governing regulations, management 

responsibilities, financial implications, intellectual property, data and real property rights, and modification 

and termination issues.

CLC 103 Facilities Capital Cost of Money provides points to 

consider as you develop a prenegotiation position for 

facilities capital cost of money that is fair and reasonable, given market research and proposed information 

from the offeror.

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee explains the structured 

approach the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 

provides for developing a reasonable profit/fee 

position.

CLC 105 DCMA Intern Training provides introductory information for new members of the Defense Contract 

Management Agency.

CLC 106 Contracting Officer’s Representative with a Mission 

Focus provides students a basic understanding of 

contract types, processes, ethics and integrity, and 

authorities relevant to their positions.

CLC 107 OPSEC Contract Requirements outlines the basic 

elements of operations security (OPSEC), identifies 

the role of OPSEC within DoD, and defines the OPSEC 

responsibilities of program managers and contracting 

officers.

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview introduces strategic 

sourcing concepts and techniques for helping 

organizations shift from tactical to strategic 

purchasing.

CLC 110 Spend Analysis Strategies explains the means by 

which spend analysis contributes to the “commodity 

fact base” for identifying valuable strategic sourcing 

improvement opportunities.

THE AT&L PLM ... Continuous Learning 
Continuous Learning 81

success for many corporations around the world in the 

21st century.

CLE 006 Enterprise Integration Overview introduces fundamental enterprise integration (EI) concepts and EI 

implementation strategies, and describes suggested 

EI best practices. Additionally, the course gives professionals an overview of the Enterprise Integration 

Toolkit, legal and regulatory frameworks, and a typical 

EI acquisition life cycle.

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing is a developing 

management concept that blends Lean manufacturing principles with Six Sigma tools. This approach is 

gaining increasing use within commercial, defense 

industry, and government facilities as the most effective way to reduce manufacturing cycle time and unit 

cost and improve product quality.

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes provides an 

overview of Six Sigma and how it can be applied to 

real-life situations.

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering provides 

an overview of the methodology defined in MILSTD-882D, Standard Practice for System Safety. This 

module will help professionals understand how the 

MIL-STD-882D methodology is integrated into the 

DoD systems engineering process for eliminating environment, safety, and occupational health hazards or 

minimizing the associated risk.

CLE 010 Privacy Protection provides information on the 

general scope of privacy protection; key privacy protection guidance and laws governing privacy; potential 

risks to privacy; existing procedures to promoting 

privacy protection; breaches of privacy in current 

cases; contacts and steps to take regarding privacy 

questions.

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering

professionals with information on the benefits of modeling and simulation, how it can be planned, and how 

to share data and results. The target audience for this 

course is those in the Program Management; Systems 

Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering; 

and Test and Evaluation career fields.

CLE 012 Naval Open Architecture introduces professionals 

to naval open architecture; explains open architecture principles; and provides examples of successfully implemented open architecture programs. The 

module also introduces professionals to sources that 

provide help when an organization implements open 

architecture.

CLE 013 Modular Open Systems Approach to DoD Acquisition

identifies the essential elements of modular open 

systems as well as the steps to effectively communicate that technical approach and execute that 

approach.

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization provides professionals with basic information concerning 

various continuous process improvement methodologies and tools and how their implementation can 

improve organizational performance to better support 

the warfighter.

CLE 016 Outcome-Based Performance Measures module 

defines measurement terminology, relates it to DoD 

policy, and provides guidance on formulating effective 

outcome-based performance measures for information 

technology investments.

CLE 017 Technical Planning presents essential and practical 

technical planning guidance to assist program offices 

in formulating a sound technical approach, which will 

enable successful program execution.

CLE 018 E3 and Spectrum Supportability for Acquisition Professionals introduces professionals to the proper ways to 

consider electromagnetic environmental effects (E3) 

and spectrum supportability (SS) concerns in the DoD 

systems acquisition process.

CLE 020 Enterprise Architecture is specifically targeted 

toward acquisition and sustainment professionals with 

an interest in the systems, activities, and organizations within the Air Force Materiel Command program 

management domain, users of information technology 

systems within acquisition and sustainment wings, and 

those involved in transformation of information technology portfolio management.

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments presents the 

assessment process as it relates to defense acquisition. 

It will enable professionals to identify critical technology elements, assign technology readiness levels, 

prepare technology maturation plans, and prepare 

technology readiness assessment reports within the 

context of the technology readiness assessment 

process.

CLE 022 Program Manager Introduction to Anti-Tamper discusses DoD critical technology and how anti-tamper 

fits within the spectrum of DoD activities focused on 

protecting critical program information. The module 

focuses on defining anti-tamper concepts, describing 

the importance of anti-tamper, and explaining the steps 

to integrate anti-tamper into a program or project.

CLE 023 Modeling and Simulation for Test and Evaluation

presents professionals with information about the 
82 Chapter 3

and apply, as appropriate, when using the government 

purchase card.

CLG 003 DTRA Government Purchase Card presents the 

mandatory requirements and other guidelines to 

consider and apply, as appropriate, when using the 

government purchase card. This module includes 

Defense Threat Reduction Agency-specific information 

and is to be supplemented with the agency’s government purchase card training prior to issuance of the 

purchase card.

CLG 004 DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training

is based on the key points in the DoD Government 

Purchase Card Tutorial module as well as important 

new areas of emphasis. It was developed to provide 

refresher training for government purchase cardholders and approving officials.

CLI—International Armaments and 

Info Exchange Training 

CLI 001 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 1

introduces the history and functioning of International 

Armaments Cooperation.

CLI 002 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 2

explains the International Agreement Process and the 

Defense Data Exchange Program.

CLI 003 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 3

discusses foreign participation in systems acquisition 

and production, cooperative logistics, and international 

environmental cooperation.

CLI 004 Information Exchange Program (IEP), DoD Generic 

Research, Development, Test, and Evaluation (RDT&E)

describes the procedures for implementing the DoD’s 

IEP, why all required Defense Acquisition Workforce 

personnel should participate in the IEP, and how to 

execute IEP information exchanges.

CLI 005 Information Exchange Program (IEP), Army-Specific 

Research, Development, Test, and Evaluation (RDT&E)

ensures that all required acquisition workforce personnel comprehend Army-specific IEP annex development, coordination, negotiation, and execution 

changes in policy and procedures.

CLI 006 Information Exchange Program (IEP), Navy-Specific 

Research, Development, Test, and Evaluation (RDT&E)

describes the Navy-specific procedures for implementing the DoD’s IEP, reasons for participating in the 

IEP, and procedures for execution of IEP information 

exchanges.

requirements, benefits, and challenges of modeling 

and simulation planning and execution to support test 

and evaluation.

CLE 025 Information Assurance for Acquisition Professionals enables program managers and other acquisition 

professionals to integrate information assurance (IA) 

into acquisition programs. IA is a critical component of 

operational readiness, and the module discusses the 

incorporation of IA into defense acquisition programs, 

key IA attributes, statutory and regulatory requirements for IA, IA strategies for acquisition programs, 

steps for successfully implementing IA, and the IA certification and accreditation process.

CLE 026 Trade Studies addresses the important role 

that trade studies play in systems acquisition and 

discusses processes for conducting effective trade 

studies. 

CLE 028 Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel describes market research from the perspective of 

technical personnel. It explains the practical value and 

discusses the government mandate to conduct market 

research.

CLE 031 Research, Development, and Engineering Command 

(RDECOM) provides policy guidance related to the 

systems engineering process, systems engineering 

plans, and the assessment and reporting related to 

technology readiness levels.

CLE 035 DTEPI Introduction to Probability and Statistics will 

cover the basics of probability and statistics for those 

in the Test and Evaluation career field.

CLE 036 Engineering Change Proposals for Engineers 

addresses the important role that engineering change 

proposals play in systems acquisition.

CLE 201 ISO 9000:2000 the basic elements of ISO 

9000:2000 and lessons learned regarding its implementation and use.

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability reliability, availability, 

and maintainability; explores the significant influence 

of reliability and maintainability on key issues; and 

provides practical techniques that may be applied in 

an acquisition program to achieve the desired levels of 

reliability and maintainability.

CLG—Government Purchase Card 

Training

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card presents the mandatory requirements and other guidelines to consider 

THE AT&L PLM ... Continuous Learning 
Continuous Learning 83

CLL—Logistics Modules

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM introduces the capabilities of the Defense Logistics Agency 

in delivering tailored support to the program manager, 

operational unit, Service inventory control points, etc.

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering introduces ways in 

which DMP serves as a cost-effective technique for 

applying a performance-based logistics philosophy in 

the real world.

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems provides a comprehensive overview and introduction to 

incorporating the principles of systems engineering 

throughout the system life cycle to design, develop, 

produce, and sustain operationally reliable, supportable, and effective systems.

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics presents performancebased logistics as the strategy of choice for product 

support.

CLL 013 DoD Packaging will allow professionals to obtain 

knowledge of the value of the packaging, handling, 

storage, and transportation process. An effective 

knowledge and application of packaging, handling, 

storage, and transportation principles will benefit 

professionals throughout the life cycle of a 

program.

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS)

addresses the importance of integrated support strategies to a joint acquisition program as well as guidance and policy relevant to the development of joint 

strategies.

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis provides an overview of 

DoD policy, guidance, and application of business case 

analysis, with a primary focus on structure, format, 

process, and methodology.

CLL 016 Joint Logistics provides professionals with knowledge of functional assignments that involve joint 

planning, inter-Service, and multinational logistics 

support, as well as joint logistics in a theater of 

operations.

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution introduces 

the organizations, processes, and tools instrumental 

in deployment and sustainment as well as customer 

service transformational efforts.

CLL 019 Technology Refreshment Planning provides professionals with an overview of technology refreshment 

planning as it applies across the weapons system life 

cycle.

CLL 020 Independent Logistics Assessments introduces the 

formal review of the state of a program’s logistics 

planning and documentation.

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview introduces the variety of statutory requirements governing 

depot-level maintenance and public/private partnering 

agreements.

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation

reviews the capabilities, methodology, policy, roles, 

and responsibilities required for services.

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50) reviews Section 2466 of Title 10 

U.S. Code, which mandates that no more than 50 

percent of depot maintenance may be performed by 

non-DoD personnel.

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements 

(DMISA) explains the process for creating the DMISA 

and the duties involved.

CLL 034 SLAMIS provides professionals with a basic 

understanding of the Army’s Standard Study NumberLine Item Number (SSN-LIN) Automated Management 

and Integrating System (SLAMIS).

CLL 201 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) Fundamentals introduces a working-level 

overview of DMSMS history, issues, tools, current initiatives, and real-life examples of successful programs.

CLL 202 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material 

Shortages (DMSMS) Executive Overview offers the executive a perspective of management/supervisory actions 

necessary to enable effective Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) 

mitigation and thereby enhancing mission readiness, 

efficiency, and cost effectiveness.

CLL 203 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material 

Shortages (DMSMS) Essentials addresses electronics, 

mechanical and materials initiatives; introduces the 

Defense Logistics Agency’s DMSMS programs and 

capabilities; and reviews basic techniques for component research.

CLL 204 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material 

Shortages (DMSMS) Case Studies provides a basic understanding of the DMSMS issues, tying together basic 

concepts, tools information, and skills. 

CLL 205 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material 

Shortages (DMSMS) for Technical Professionals covers the 

current processes, policies, and procedures used by 

technical professionals to practice proactive manage-
84 Chapter 3

ment. It focuses on the high level best practices for 

running each program. You can adjust the procedures 

and techniques to your Service as appropriate.

CLM—Acquisition and 

Management Modules

CLM 003 Ethics Training for the AT&L Workforce reinforces 

the most important legal ethics standards governing interaction between government personnel and 

contractors.

CLM 012 Scheduling focuses on scheduling processes 

and tools that can be used to develop schedules on a 

defense systems acquisition project.

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure addresses two fundamental and interrelated types of work breakdown 

structures—the program WBS developed by the Performance Management Office and the contract WBS 

developed by the contractor.

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership introduces management and leadership concepts used to organize, 

manage, and lead an integrated product team.

CLM 016 Cost Estimating focuses on basic cost-estimating 

tools and techniques that are fundamental building 

blocks of the acquisition process.

CLM 017 Risk Management focuses on tools and processes 

that can be used to manage risk on a defense acquisition project.

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs 

(R-TOC) provides an orientation to the R-TOC requirement, defines key R-TOC concepts, describes best 

practices, emphasizing R-TOC from a systems 

perspective.

CLM 023 Javits-Wagner-O’Day (JWOD) Tutorial provides a 

better understanding of the JWOD program, which 

helps people with disabilities obtain or maintain 

employment.

CLM 024 Contracting Overview introduces the market 

research process, the process for developing criteria 

or factors that teams will use to evaluate contractors 

during source selection, and the use of the uniform 

contract format.

CLM 025 Commercial Off-The-Shelf (COTS) Acquisition for 

Program Managers summarizes fundamental challenges 

organizations face when integrating commercial items 

into a system.

CLM 028 Space Acquisition explains the space acquisition 

process outlined in National Security Space Acquisition Policy 03-01 (NSS 03-01), which streamlines the 

acquisition oversight process with emphasis on the 

earlier phases of space program development.

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) 

exposes program managers to the NR-KPP development resources with the ultimate goal of ensuring the necessary program interoperability and 

supportability (I&S) and joint interoperability test 

certifications.

CLM 030 Common Supplier Engagement explains the 

changes resulting from the transition to an electronic acquisition model that follows e-business 

practices.

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work will help professionals improve statements of objectives, statements of 

work, and performance work statements that are 

developed and evaluated by all acquisition career 

fields.

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition introduces the ideas 

and principles of evolutionary acquisition and how to 

apply them in a rapidly changing environment.

CLM 033 DAWIA II explains the transformation from 

DAWIA and the amendments that enable DoD to 

more effectively develop and manage its Defense 

Acquisition Workforce.

CLM 034 Science and Technology—Lesson from PMT 352A 

explains the importance of the science and technology (S&T) role in the systems acquisition process and 

identifies sources of S&T information.

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—

Lesson from PMT 352A helps program managers ensure 

their programs comply with ESOH statutory and regulatory requirements.

CLM 036 Technology Transfer and Export Control Fundamentals explains international security and program 

protection, planning processes, and the role of the 

program manager.

CLM 037 Physical Inventories explains the duties and 

responsibilities of an accountable property officer or 

property custodian.

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview guides 

you through your Corrosion Prevention and Control 

Overview training and serves as a readily accessible 

reference guide to answer future questions.

CLM 039 Foundations of Government Property will increase 

professionals’ knowledge and understanding of DoD 

THE AT&L PLM ... Continuous Learning 
Continuous Learning 85

property accountability and management and the 

DoD accounting and accountability approach to the 

property management life cycle.

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military 

Equipment addresses changes in the acquisition business process which affect how DoD values military 

equipment and reports these values on financial 

statements.

CLM 041 Capabilities-Based Planning provides an overview 

of the DoD guidance and policies supporting capabilities-based planning.

CLM 044 Radio Frequency Identification provides defense 

contracting officers with the knowledge necessary 

to insert the passive Radio Frequency Identification 

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement 

(DFARS) clause into appropriate contracts, thus 

streamlining the DoD’s receiving process.

CLM 047 Fiscal and Physical Accountability and Management 

of DoD Equipment discusses concepts presented in the 

Foundations of Government Property module.

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) presents the process used to conduct an AoA in support of 

requirements development and systems acquisition.

CLM 103 Quality Assurance Auditing describes the 

distinct phases of three general types of 

audits: system, process, and product.

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification enables 

item tracking in DoD business systems 

and provides reliable and accurate data 

for management, financial accountability, 

and asset management purposes.

CLM 500 ADL Implementation for Defense Acquisition Professionals provides an introduction and overview of the 

advanced distribute learning (ADL) basics, requirements, and components as well as DoD’s policies 

regarding repository and registry functions.

SPS—Standard Procurement 

System Training

SPS 100 Standard Procurement System and Federal Procurement Data System - Next Generation System Administrator 

explains how to use the Standard Procurement System 

(SPS) and Federal Procurement Data System Next 

Generation (FPDS-NG) Integration at a system administrator level.

SPS 101 Standard Procurement System and Federal Procurement Data System - Next Generation User teaches SPS 

users the way SPS interfaces with FPDS-NG and the 

various types of contract action reports that can be 

created in FPDS-NG through SPS. 
86 Chapter 3

•	 Ask-a-Professor (AAP) Program

•	 Forms

•	 Ethics

Three additional subsystems are featured on the AKSS 

Portal home page: The Defense Acquisition Guidebook; 

the Integrated Defense Acquisition, Technology, and 

Logistics Life Cycle Management Framework Chart; 

and the Ask-A-Professor Program. 

The Defense Acquisition Guidebook is an interactive, 

Web-based application designed to provide the 

acquisition workforce and industry partners with an 

online, instant reference to best acquisition practices 

as well as the supporting policy, statutes, and lessons 

learned. Users can navigate through key terms and 

requirements in DoD Directive 5000.1, DoD Instruction 

5000.2, and discretionary guidance. Defense acquisition professionals can use the guidebook to review 

best business practices and then tailor those practices 

to the particular needs of their program. Users can 

access the guidebook at https://akss.dau.mil/dag.

The Web-enabled Integrated Defense Acquisition, 

Technology and Logistics Life Cycle Management 

Framework Chart is a graphical representation of the 

entire acquisition decision, management, and budget 

process. Tasks and requirements are presented as they 

relate to each other in both functional and time-phased 

views. By selecting various parts or elements of the 

framework chart, the user can identify a particular 

activity block that is linked to a template or knowledge 

object containing pertinent acquisition information 

about that activity. Users can access the framework 

chart at https://akss.dau.mil/ifc/.

The Ask-A-Professor (AAP) Program is a resource for 

asking acquisition and logistics questions on DoD policies and practices. The AAP site offers an advanced 

search capability of AAP’s extensive archives. If users 

The AT&L PLM . . . 

Knowledge Sharing

Knowledge sharing—the blending of people, processes, and information technology—improves

organizational performance through increased 

efficiency, effectiveness, and innovation. As a learning 

institution, DAU has been sharing knowledge in the 

classroom and through research and consulting activities for many years. Leveraging current technologies, 

DAU now offers opportunities to share knowledge 

outside traditional classroom settings. The Defense 

Acquisition Workforce can take advantage of online 

resources and interactive venues that facilitate the 

sharing of experiences and lessons learned among 

individuals and organizations. DAU’s primary components of knowledge sharing are the AT&L Knowledge 

Management System (AKMS)—composed of the AT&L 

Knowledge Sharing (AKSS) Portal, the Acquisition 

Community Connection (ACC), the DoD Acquisition 

Best Practices Clearinghouse (BPCh), and the ACQuire 

search function—as well as the David D. Acker Virtual 

Library. Users can view short videos and get additional 

details related to all elements of the AKMS at https://

acc.dau.mil/at&lkm.

AT&L Knowledge Sharing System 

(AKSS) Portal 

The AKSS Portal is the central repository for acquisition policy and reference materials, leveraging valued 

sources of knowledge developed and continuously 

maintained by the Office of the Under Secretary of 

Defense for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics, and 

DoD military services and agencies. 

As the primary reference tool for the Defense Acquisition Workforce, it provides a single, integrated, centralized information source for current information on 

acquisition initiatives, links to sources of information, 

and reference assets from various disciplines. AKSS 

offers information on and links to:

•	 Policy documents

•	 FAR, DFARS, and other FAR Supplements

•	 Community areas

•	 Glossaries and acronyms

•	 Education and professional development

•	 Software tools

•	 Events

•	 News and publications

•	 AT&L Web sites

•	 Guidebooks and handbooks

•	 DAU video library

•	 Defense Acquisition Policy Center

•	 Rapid-deployment training

AT&L Performance Learning Model
Knowledge Sharing 87

tice providers network.” The value added that BPCh 

provides is that stored evidence is contextualized, 

guiding users to lessons and practices relevant to their 

program, type of problem, or specific environment, 

that help them learn from practical results that may be 

applied in their environment. Users can access BPCh at 

https://bpch.dau.mil. 

ACQuire Search

ACQuire is the enterprise search engine for DAU 

educational and knowledge content. It allows users to 

select the information source—AKSS, ACC, AAP, BPCh, 

the Defense Acquisition Guidebook, the DAU home 

page, DAU continuous and distance learning modules, 

and the Federal Acquisition Institute Web site—and 

search for exact terms, phrases, multiple terms, acronyms, or numerical references. ACQuire also provides 

a list of search terms pre-populated from the DAU 

functional taxonomy, and gives the user a key word 

structure that may improve the search results. Users 

can access ACQuire, at https://acquire.dau.mil.

DAU Virtual Library

The David D. Acker Library supports the university’s 

curricula and its defense acquisition research. Full 

borrowing privileges are available to current DAU students; and alumni may register for weekend borrowing 

privileges. The library participates in interlibrary loans 

through the Online Computer Library Center.

The David D. Acker Library Web site, located at www.

dau.mil/library, offers extensive online research capabilities for DAU students, including an online library 

catalog. The online catalog provides easy searches by 

author, title, subject terms, keywords, date, and format. 

If a publication is available on the Web, the online catalog will provide a link. 

cannot find an answer, they are encouraged to submit 

their question through the system. The question will be 

answered appropriate subject matter experts in DAU 

faculty, or may be answered by experts in the Office of 

the Secretary of Defense, the military services, other 

DoD agencies, and industry. Users can access AAP at 

https://akss.dau.mil/aap.

Become a part of the AT&L Knowledge Sharing System 

at https://akss.dau.mil/jsp/default.jps.

Acquisition Community Connection (ACC)

The ACC is an online forum that includes communities 

of practice, special interest areas, and collaborative 

workspaces centered on acquisition-specific topics. 

ACC is available to the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

24/7 to collaborate, share, and connect with one 

another in an online environment. Community members are able to interact and share lessons learned and 

experiences to support job performance, avoid the 

duplication of effort, and advance the connection of 

people and ideas. Communities play a central role in 

helping the workforce stay connected to expertise and 

in providing the tools, resources, and connections that 

help people improve performance. Users can access 

ACC at https://acc.dau.mil. 

Acquisition Best Practices Clearinghouse (BPCh)

The BPCh is designed to help improve DoD’s systems 

acquisition processes by allowing users to select and 

implement proven acquisition, development, and 

systems engineering practices appropriate to their 

individual programmatic needs. Rather than recreate or 

repost information, BPCh is designed to link to as many 

existing resources as possible that not only identify 

practices, but how to implement them. BPCh adopts 

an evidence-based approach in which supporting 

evidence and practices for programs undergo a system 

of recommendations and vetting by government, 

industrial, and academic members comprising a “prac-
88

DAU West Region

San Diego, California

Los Angeles, CA

Port Hueneme, CA

Pearl Harbor, HI

Rock Island, IL

DAU Midwest 

Region 

Kettering, Ohio

Columbus, OH

Warren, MI

DAU South Region 

Huntsville, Alabama

Eglin AFB, FL

MacDill AFB, FL

Warner Robins, GA

DAU Mid-Atlantic 

Region 

California, Maryland

Fort Lee, VA

Kaiserslautern, Germany

Norfolk, VA

DAU Capital & Northeast 

Region 

Fort Belvoir, Virginia

Fort Monmouth, NJ

Hanscom AFB, MA

DSMC-School of 

Program Managers 

Fort Belvoir, Virginia
89

appendix A

DAU Regions

DAU West Region

DAU Midwest Region

DAU South Region

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region

DAU Capital and Northeast Region

DSMC–School of Program Managers
90

Title

Appendix A

DAU Regions

DAU operates five regional campuses and numerous 

regional training centers to provide training services to 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce across the globe. 

Main campus classrooms and training sites are furnished with state-of-the-art equipment to enhance 

your learning experience. Each DAU campus is fully 

equipped to accommodate your learning needs. 

Additionally, housing, dining facilities, libraries, fitness 

facilities, and medical facilities are available at each 

campus. Training sites are located either on or near 

a military facility, providing you with a full range 

of support services such as bookstores, post/base 

exchanges and commissaries, chapels, bus transportation, barber shops, dry cleaners, and ATM locations. 

Upon registration, you will receive information about 

these and other services. 

Some classes are offered locally when the number 

of Defense Acquisition Workforce members in one 

location warrants bringing the instruction to where the 

workforce is concentrated. Usually this is determined 

by what proves to be the best value for the government. Contact your Service training representative to 

determine if onsite training can be provided for your 

organization.
DAU Regions 91

DAU West Region, San Diego, CA

Los Angeles, CA

Port Hueneme, CA 

Pearl Harbor, HI

Rock Island, IL 

DAU Midwest Region, Kettering, OH

Columbus, OH

Warrren, MI

DAU South Region, Huntsville, AL

Eglin AFB, FL

MacDill AFB, FL

Warner Robins, GA 

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region, California, MD

Fort Lee, VA

Kaiserslautern, Germany

Norfolk, VA

DAU Capital & Northeast Region, Fort Belvoir, VA

Fort Monmouth, NJ

Hanscom AFB, MA

The DSMC-School of Program Managers is co-located with 

the Capital and Northeast Region at Fort Belvoir, VA.
Title

92 Appendix A

DAU West Region

San Diego, California

33000 Nixie Way, Bldg. 50, 

Suite 345

San Diego, CA 92147-5117

619-524-4800, DSN 524

Fax: 619-524-4794

Training Centers:

Los Angeles, CA

222 N. Sepulveda Blvd.

Suite 1220

El Segundo, CA 90245

Port Hueneme, CA

3502 Goodspeed St.

Bldg. 1444, Suite 5

Port Hueneme, CA 93043-4425

805-982-2151, DSN 551

Fax: 805-982-4843 

Pearl Harbor, HI 

Bldg. 39, Suite 161

Ford Island

Pearl Harbor, HI 96860-4437

Rock Island, IL

Bldg. 56, 2nd Floor, Rm 222

1 Rock Island Arsenal

Rock Island, IL 61299-7640

309-782-0454, DSN 793

Fax: 309-782-0518
DAU Regions 93

DAU Midwest Region

Kettering, Ohio

3100 Research Blvd., Pod 3, 

3rd Floor

Kettering, OH 45420

937-781-1025

Fax: 937-781-1026

Training Centers:

Columbus, OH

Bldg. 10, Section 10

3990 E. Broad Street

Columbus, OH 43216

614-692-1559, DSN 850

Fax: 614-692-1552

Warren, MI

DAU-MW (TACOM)

Bldg. 231, MS 335

6501 E. 11 Mile Road

Warren, MI 48397-5000

586-574-8113, DSN 786

Fax: 586-574-7066
94 Appendix A

DAU South Region

Huntsville, Alabama

6767 Old Madison Pike

Building 7

Huntsville, AL 35806

256-722-1100, DSN 569

Fax: 256-722-1003

Training Centers:

Eglin AFB, FL

AAC/EN

102 West D Ave, 1st Floor

Eglin AFB, FL 32542-6807

850-883-4630

Fax: 850-883-3085

MacDill AFB, FL

Special Operations Command

ATTN: SOAL-M

7701 Tampa Point Boulevard

MacDill AFB, FL 33621

813-826-9426

Fax: 813-826-9434

Warner Robins, GA

WRLC/PKP

235 Byron Street

Bldg 300, West Wing, Door 23A

Robins AFB, GA 31098

478-926-9409, DSN 468

Fax: 478-327-4829
DAU Regions 95

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region

California, Maryland

(Near Patuxent River Naval Air 

Station)

23330 Cottonwood Parkway, 

Suite 200

California, MD 20619

240-895-7344

Fax: 240-895-7333

Training Centers:

Fort Lee, VA

2401 Quarters Road

Bldg. 12500

Fort Lee, VA 23801-1705

804-765-4411

DSN 539

Fax: 804-765-4792

Fax: 614-692-1552

Kaiserslautern, Germany

Defense Acquisition University

Bldg 164, Room 114, 

Rhine Ordnance Barracks

67663 Kaiserslauten Germany

(49) 631-536-6332 

Fax: (49) 631-536-7056, (49) 631-

536-8507

Norfolk, VA

1968 Gilbert Street Suite 660

Norfolk, VA 23511

757-443-2350

DSN 564

Fax: 757-443-2343
96 Appendix A

DAU Capital & Northeast Region

Fort Belvoir, Virginia

9820 Belvoir Road 

Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565

703-805-2764, DSN 655

Fax: 703-805-2877

Training Centers:

Fort Monmouth, NJ

Commander

HQ, US Army, CECOM

ATTN: AMSEL-PT-HRD, Malterer 

Ave., Bldg. 551

Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703

732-532-3467, DSN 992; Fax: 732-

532-2780

DSMC-School of Program 

Managers

Fort Belvoir, Virginia

9820 Belvoir Road

Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565

703-805-2436, DSN 655

Fax: 703-805-3201

Hanscom AFB, MA 

29 Chennault Street

Bldg. 1728

Hanscom AFB, MA 01731-1706

781-377-3593, DSN 478

Fax: 781-377-9907
Looking for information on DAU’s 

Equivalency and Fulfillment 

Programs? Go to http://www.dau.mil/

registrar/studentinfo/student_info_h.asp

Meeting Acquisition Corps 

education standards? 

Go to http://www.dau.mil/

learning/appi.aspx

Continuing 

education units? 

Go to http://www.dau.mil/

learning/apph.asp

DAU’s Web site has the 

information you need!

In the future, DAU will offer an Interactive Catalog, also 

know as the iCatalog, that will offer the most up-todate information on:

•	 Regular (certification and assignment-specific) 

training courses

•	 Continuous learning courses

•	 Various acquisition career field certification and 

Core Plus Development Guides.

Check out www.dau.mil for the latest Defense 

Acquisition Workforce information.
98
99

appendix B

Career Field Certification 

and Core Plus Development 

Guides

Introduction

Core Plus

Constructing Your 

Individual Development Plan

Acronyms Used in this Chapter

Career Field Certification
100 Appendix B

The Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics (USD[AT&L]) 

has approved the Core Certification Standards 

contained in this appendix for the Defense Acquisition Workforce under the authority of DoD Directive 

5000.52, “Defense Acquisition Education, Training 

and Career Development Program.” DoD components 

are responsible for ensuring that workforce personnel 

are trained and qualified for their current assignment, 

prepared for more responsible jobs, and cross-trained 

for assignments in other acquisition career fields. The 

authorized acquisition career fields/paths are:

•	 Auditing

•	 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial 

Management

•	 Contracting

•	 Facilities Engineering

•	 Industrial/Contract Property Management

•	 Information Technology

•	 Life Cycle Logistics

•	 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing

•	 Program Management

•	 Purchasing

•	 Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Program Systems Engineer

•	 Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Science and Technology Manager

•	 Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Systems Engineering

•	 Test & Evaluation

Core Plus

The Core Plus construct was designed to advance the

Defense Acquisition Workforce competency management model by providing a roadmap for the development of acquisition workforce members beyond the 

minimum certification standards required for their 

position. Accordingly, the Core Certification Standards 

Introduction

The certification standards published in this catalog are effective Oct. 1, 2008. Changes and updates to these 

standards are posted on the DAU Web site as they occur. Check the DAU Web site at www.dau.mil for current information on certification standards and courses.
Introduction 101

•	 “Scrap learning” (i.e., wasted or irrelevant course

content) to be minimized

•	 Repetitive course content to be minimized

•	 The development of more well-rounded acquisition

core coursework

•	 Shorter functional courses required for certification

•	 An increase in modular course content

•	 An increase in courses targeted to workforce job

assignments

•	 More flexibility, focus, and guidance in the 

construction of individual development plans (IDPs)

•	 Additional support for supervisors in career 

planning, development, and assessment.

and Core Plus Development Guides offered in this 

appendix provide the acquisition workforce member a 

listing of the:

•	 Core Certification Standards by acquisition career

field and level; as well as

•	 “Core Plus” knowledge and skills delivered through 

coursework that targets functions or tasks directly 

related to specific types of job assignments.

Core Plus Attributes

Core Plus helps identify the right learning for the right

people at the right time during their professional 

development. It does this by connecting workforce

members not only to their career field and level, but

also to their particular job assignment needs. Core

Plus also identifies targeted training that relates to

specific tasks in a given assignment type. As Core Plus

matures, you can expect:
102 Appendix B

Navigating the Guides

Similar to the former career field certification standards, there is a Core Certification and Core Plus

Development Guide for each career field at each

level—Level I (Entry), Level II (Intermediate), and

Level III (Advanced). 

Each guide is also broken down into at least four or 

five major sections:

•	 Types of Assignments

•	 Core Certification Standards

•	 Unique Position Training Standards (if applicable)

•	 Core Plus Development Guide

•	 Footnotes

Types of Assignments. Subject matter experts in their 

respective acquisition career fields have grouped the

fundamental types of work associated with the career

field/path into one or more types of assignments.

Included is a brief description of the representative

activities that best describe the assignment type. 

Regardless of your position title, you should be able to

associate the work you generally perform with one

of the assignment types listed. While the assignment

types are consistent across all three levels, the representative activities will vary from one level to another.

Core Certification Standards. Each acquisition position

within DoD is assigned a position category (career

field/path) and a certification level that is required

of the incumbent. This part of the guide outlines the

minimum standards that must be met by the incumbent in order to meet the certification requirements

of DoDD 5000.52, “Defense Acquisition Education,

Training, and Career Development Program.” The competencies gained from fulfilling these requirements are 

fundamental to successful performance in

the career field or path at the stated level.

To achieve certification, the requirements in each of

the following core areas must be met:

•	 Core Acquisition Training Standards

•	 Core Functional Training Standards

•	 Core Education Standards

•	 Core Experience Standards

All of the elements identified in the standard must

be met before an acquisition workforce member can

apply for certification through his or her DoD Component processes. Workforce members have 24 months

from the time they assume an acquisition position

to meet these standards. The 24-month period also

applies if the position category or level required of an

encumbered position changes.

Unique Position Training Standards. Some career fields 

have additional requirements between the Core Certification Standards and the Core Plus Development 

Guide. When applicable, this section identifies a unique 

type of assignment with associated training requirements that should or must be met when assigned to 

the specific type of duty. When present, there is a 

footnote that amplifies the requirement. Coursework 

listed in this section is not required to meet certification standards.

Core Plus Development Guide. The Core Plus Development Guide is intended to assist employees and their 

supervisors in preparing an IDP by identifying training, education, and experience beyond certification 

requirements that may be beneficial to career development or performance in a particular type of assignment. For the initial deployment of Core Plus, most 

career fields have identified recommended training for 

broad types of assignments in the career field. DAU 

courses are listed by an alphanumeric designator with 

resident classroom and distance learning courses listed 

first, followed by continuous learning modules.

Footnotes. Each guide contains two or more footnotes.

Footnotes are not necessarily consistent across all

guides and levels. Be particularly observant of 

footnotes:

•	 In the Auditing career field

•	 When the guide displays a purple Unique Position

Training Standards section (Auditing, Contracting,

and Program Management)

•	 When there are fewer than three levels in the career

field (Facilities Engineering; Purchasing; and 

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and

Engineering—Science and Technology Manager)

Constructing Your Individual 

Development Plan (IDP)

If you have not met the certification standards for

your position, the courses listed in the Core Certification Standards section for your career field and level

should be your highest priority, followed by those 

certification courses at the lower levels as appropriate.

From there, you and your supervisor should consider 

the training activities listed in the Core Plus Development Guide for your career field and level as well

as the lower levels if you have not completed those

Introduction
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Acronyms Used in this Chapter 103

Acronyms Used in this Chapter

ACAT—Acquisition Category

ANSI—American National Standards Institute

APB—Acquisition Program Baseline

APPS—Audit Planning and Performance System

BCEFM—Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial 

Management

C2—Command and Control

CAS—Cost Accounting Standards

CASB—Cost Accounting Standards Board

CIA—Certified Internal Auditor

CISA—Certified Information Systems Auditor

CMA—Certified Management Accountant

COI—Critical Operational Issue

CON—Contracting

CPA—Certified Public Accountant

CPI—Continuous Process Improvement

DAES—Defense Acquisition Executive Summary

DCAA—Defense Contract Audit Agency

DCMA—Defense Contract Management Agency

DPM—Deputy Program Manager

EVM—Earned Value Management

EVMS—Earned Value Management Systems

FE—Facilities Engineering

IDP—Individual Development Plan

IPT—Integrated Project Teams

LCL—Life Cycle Logistics

MAIS—Major Automated Information System

MDAP—Major Defense Acquisition Program

MOE—Measure Of Effectiveness

MOP—Measure of Performance 

OSD—Office of the Secretary of Defense

PEO—Program Executive Officer

PM—Program Management or Program Manager

PQM—Production, Quality, and Manufacturing

SAR—Selected Acquisition Reports

SAS—Statistical Analysis System

SPRDE-PSE—Systems Planning, Research Development, and Engineering-Program Systems Engineer

SPRDE-SE—Systems Planning, Research Development,

and Engineering-Systems Engineering

SPRDE-STM—Systems Planning, Research Development, and Engineering-Science and Technology 

Manager

T&E—Test and Evaluation

activities. You should next consider higher-level

guides as well as the guides of other career fields as

opportunities to broaden your development.

It is important to note that these guides should not

be considered all-inclusive when constructing your

IDP. There are other competencies associated with

training, education, and experience activities that

should be addressed when constructing your IDP with

your supervisor. For example, the Ethics Training for

AT&L Workforce (CLM 003) continuous learning 

module is not addressed in the guides because it is not

unique to any career field or level. However, this is a

course that should appear on your IDP annually. And,

of course, your IDP should always include professional

development outside acquisition, such as executive

skills development, conference participation, etc.

You are not expected to accomplish everything listed

in the Core Plus Development Guide; it is provided as

a menu from which to select training applicable to

your situation. You and your supervisor should select

the training that applies to your duties, program tasks,

and skill development needs. The guide helps you find

relevant training easily.

Finally, keep in mind that unlike certification training,

there is no deadline to complete Core Plus training

other than what your supervisor specifies and what

you need to meet your continuous learning standards.

Competency development requires a mixture of training and job experience. Pace your training while you

practice your profession on the job.

For updates to these guides during the 

training year, consult the online version 

of this catalog at the DAU Web site at 

www.dau.mil.
104 Appendix B

Auditing (Entry) Level I

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Audits financial records, reports, management controls, policies, and practices affecting or 

reflecting the financial condition and operation of Department of Defense and other federal 

agency contractors.

Auditor

Auditor

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training None required

1 year of contract auditing experience

A baccalaureate degree in accounting; or

A baccalaureate degree in a business-related field with at least 24 semester credit hours in 

 accounting; or

4 years of experience in accounting; or

An equivalent combination of accounting experience, college education, and training

Functional Training AUD 1130 Technical Indoctrination (R)

Education

Experience

AUD 1113 Orientation to DCAA

AUD 1114 Orientation to Federal Procurement Regulations

AUD 1115 Orientation to Contract Auditing Procedures

AUD 1116 Orientation to DCAA Audits

AUD 1261 Scanning Guidance

AUD 1265 APPS Performance Support Manual

AUD 1601 FAR 31, Allowable and Unallowable Costs

AUD 1602 Allowable Costs with Restrictions (Non-Employee)

AUD 1603 Allowable Costs with Restrictions (Employee)

AUD 8445 PWT Basics

AUD 9201 New Employee Ethics

None specified

None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if 

not already completed.

Note: For information on these courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) 105

Auditing (Intermediate) Level II

Career Field Cerifi cation

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Audits financial records, reports, management controls, policies, and practices affecting or 

reflecting the financial condition and operation of Department of Defense and other federal 

agency contractors.

Auditor

Auditor

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training None required

2 years of contract auditing experience of increasing complexity and responsibility

Entry below GS-9: Same as Level I

Entry at GS-9: Same as Level I and

đŏ Ăŏ"1((ŏ5!./ŏ+"ŏ#. 10!ŏ! 10%+*ŏ(! %*#ŏ0+ŏŏ)/0!.Ě/ŏ !#.!!ŏ%*ŏ+1*0%*#Čŏ1 %0%*#Čŏ+.ŏŏ

 related field such as business administration or finance; or

đŏ āŏ"1((ŏ5!.ŏ+"ŏ,.+"!//%+*(ŏ+1*0%*#Čŏ1 %0%*#Čŏ+.ŏ.!(0! ŏ!4,!.%!*!

Complete one of the following:

đŏ AUD 1320 Intermediate Contract Auditing (R)

đŏ AUD 4120 Statistical Sampling (R)

Functional Training

Education

Experience

AUD 1121 Briefing Contracts

AUD 1122 Accounting System Survey

AUD 1126 Adequacy of Proposals

AUD 1142 Progress Payments

AUD 1170 Financial Capability (R)

AUD 1221 Basic Flowcharting

AUD 1232 Internal Control Assessment (R) 

AUD 1239 Risk and Materiality Assessment

AUD 1249 Agreed-Upon Procedures

AUD 1269 Working Paper Documentation

AUD 1271 Permanent Files

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed.

Note: For information on these courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

AUD 1283 Fraud Awareness

AUD 1325 Internal Control Systems: Planning

AUD 1326 Internal Control Systems: Writing the Audit Report

AUD 1338 Internal Control Systems: Compensation

AUD 1541 Cost Accounting Standards (R)

AUD 5614 Fundamentals of Auditing Information Systems (R) 

AUD 5651 Retrieving and Analyzing Electronic Data Using SAS (R) 

AUD 5653 Computer-Assisted Audit Techniques (R) 

AUD 6115 Effective Report Writing (R) 

AUD 6220 Auditor Interview and Interpersonal Reactions (R)

AUD 6240 Oral Presentation Workshop (R)

!#%*ŏ#. 10!ŏ/01 %!/ŏ(! %*#ŏ0+ŏŏ)/0!.Ě/ŏ !#.!!ŏ%*ŏ+1*0%*#ŏ+.ŏ1/%*!///

Professional certification—CPA, CMA, CIA, CISA

Experience in performing increasingly complex audits for normal position progression and with increasing independence
106 Appendix B

Auditing (Advanced) Level III

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Unique Position Training Standards 2

Core Plus Development Guide 3

Training 

Education

Experience

Supervises those performing contract audits; or acts as the subject matter expert in technical 

audit areas (technical specialist); or acts as the liaison between DCAA and buying commands.

đŏ ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

đŏ AUD 6240 Oral Presentation Workshop 

đŏ AUD 6510 Instructor Workshop

đŏ AUD 8414 DDI Leadership Skills

đŏ AUD 1431 Accounting and Auditing Refresher

đŏ AUD 1541 Cost Accounting Standards

đŏ AUD 2311 Defective Pricing

đŏ AUD 4035 Quantitative Methods Refresher

đŏ AUD 5651 Retrieving and Analyzing Electronic Data Using SAS

Auditor

Financial Liaison Auditor

Technical Specialist

Auditor

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training None required

None required

Same as Level II

3 years of contract auditing experience and attainment of position beyond senior auditor

Functional Training

Education

Experience

Supervisory Auditor AUD 8562 DCAA Personnel Management Policy

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

AUD 1431 Accounting and Auditing Refresher

AUD 1570 CAS—Administration and Coverage

AUD 1571 CAS 401, 402, and 405

AUD 1572 CAS 403, 410, 418, and 420

AUD 1573 CAS 404 and 409

AUD 1574 CAS 414 and 417

AUD 1575 CAS 406 – Cost Accounting Period

AUD 1576 CAS 408 and 415

AUD 1577 CAS 407

AUD 1578 CAS 416

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified must meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 3 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed.

Note: For information on these courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

AUD 1579 CAS 411

AUD 1580 CASB Disclosure Statements

AUD 2311 Defective Pricing

AUD 8414 DDI Leadership Skills 

AUD 8564 Administration and Management of Audits for Supervisors 

AUD S6000 Conflict Resolution Techniques 

None specified

None specified
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) 107

Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management 

(Entry) Level I 

Career Field Cerifi cation

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Applies basic concepts of budget and program principles, policies, procedures, concepts, 

standards, terminology, and a general knowledge of the financial management and business 

operation systems. Possesses a basic knowledge of acquisition; recognizes the life cycle process 

of an acquisition program.

Relates earned value management to acquisition and financial management associated 

processes, identifies DoD and DFARS earned value contractual requirements, calculates simple 

EVM metrics from EVM data.

Budget/Program/FM Analyst

EVM Analyst

CE Analyst

CE Analyst EVM Analyst Budget/Program

/FM Analyst

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management 

Relates the processes of life cycle cost estimating within the context of materiel system 

acquisition in the Department of Defense.

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis (replaces BCF 101)

If you primarily perform cost estimating functions, you must also complete 

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) (replaces BCF 101)

Functional Training

Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in business, cost estimating, earned value, and/or financial 

management

Education Formal education not required for certification

CLB 007 Cost Analysis 

CLB 012 Cost as an Independent Variable

CLB 014 Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements for APB, DAES, and SAR

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial

CLM 016 Cost Estimating

Associate in Applied Science (A.A.S.) or equivalent in business or a business-related field

1 year of acquisition experience in business, cost estimating, earned value, and/or financial management in support of an acquisition program (in 

addition to core certification experience)

1 These standards list the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if 

not already completed. 
108 Appendix B

Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management 

(Intermediate) Level II

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Applies general knowledge of budget and program principles, policies, procedures, concepts, 

standards, terminology, and financial management and business operation systems. Applies 

knowledge of acquisition life-cycle process and supports development and preparation of 

acquisition documents. Prepares and/or reviews acquisition and financial management 

documents.

 Interprets program status and predicts trends by analyzing earned value cost and schedule data 

as an element of integrated program management. Applies EVM concepts as principal EVM 

member of an IBR review IPT. Interprets ANSI EVM standard as entry-level EVMS review team 

evaluator. Completes EVM requirements for acquisition solicitation packages.

Budget/Program/FM Analyst

EVM Analyst

CE Analyst

CE Analyst EVM Analyst Budget/Program

/FM Analyst

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A 

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in business, cost estimating, earned value, and/or financial 

management

Applies the cost-estimating process in the construction of a cost estimate.

Education Formal education not required for certification

BCF 205 Contractor Business Strategies (R)

Complete one of the following courses (course must be related to specific job duties):

đŏ BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R)

đŏ BCF 203 Intermediate Earned Value Management (R)

đŏ BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis (R)

Functional Training

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R)

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R) 

BCF 262 EVMS Validation and Surveillance (R)

BCF 263 Principles of Schedule Management (R) 

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline

CLB 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports

CLB 019 Estimate at Completion 

CLB 020 Baseline Maintenance 

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection

CLC 010 Proper Use of Non-DoD Contracts

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us 

CLM 012 Scheduling 

CLM 017 Risk Management 

CLM 024 Contracting Overview

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military Equipment

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management

Baccalaureate degree in business or a business-related field

1 year of acquisition experience in business, cost estimating, earned value, and/or financial management in support of an acquisition program (in 

addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed. 

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) (replaces BCF 101) ×

×

× ×

×

×
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 109

Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management 

(Advanced) Level III

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Manages development and evaluation of budget and program improvement plans and resolves 

complex issues, identifies options, and negotiates with internal and external stakeholders for 

implementation. Advises senior management on fiscal aspects of program management, ensures 

fiscal integrity, supports integration of acquisition disciplines. Manages all aspects of the business 

financial management process for defense acquisition programs.

Plans and manages the integrated baseline review process as program manager’s principal 

earned value advisor. Leads EVMS validation reviews as review director or principal deputy. 

Analyzes and applies EVM data to determine root causes of existing cost and schedule problems, 

to forecast potential cost and schedule problems, and to forecast final project costs.

Budget/Program/FM Analyst

EVM Analyst

CE Analyst

CE Analyst EVM Analyst Budget/Program

/FM Analyst

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training None required

Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in business, cost estimating, earned value, or financial 

management

 Performs analyses and estimates for a variety of programs.

Education Formal education not required for certification

Functional Training BCF 301 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management Workshop (R)

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) 

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition For Decision Makers (R) 

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) 

CLC 008 Indirect Costs 

CLC 102 Administration of Other Transactions 

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee 

CLC 106 Contracting Officer's Representative with a Mission Focus 

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card 

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis 

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership 

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) 

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification 

CON 110 Mission-Support Planning 

CON 111 Mission-Planning Execution 

CON 112 Mission-Performance Assessment 

PMT 250 Program Management Tools 

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A 

Graduate degree in business, business related field

2 years of acquisition experience in business, cost estimating, earned value, and/or financial management in support of an acquisition program (in 

addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed. 

×

× ×

×

×

× ×

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) × × ×
110 Appendix B

Contracting (Entry) Level I 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Operational Contracting

Research & Development

Acquisition Training None required

Experience 1 year of contracting experience

Contracting functions in support of post, camp, or station.

Contracting functions in support of research and development.

Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition to include all ACAT programs.

Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to sustain 

weapon systems.

Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering services.

Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment.

Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration.

Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis.

Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for 

maximizing use of small businesses.

Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, secretariat, 

or OSD.

Education

đŏ0ŏ(!/0ŏĂąŏ/!)!/0!.ŏ$+1./ŏ%*ŏ+1*0%*#Čŏ(3Čŏ1/%*!//Čŏü**!Čŏ+*0.0/Čŏ,1.$/%*#Čŏ

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and 

management

đŏ(1.!0!ŏ !#.!!

CON 100ŏ$,%*#ŏ).0ŏ1/%*!//ŏ..*#!)!*0/ŏĨĩ

CON 110 Mission-Support Planning

CON 111 Mission-Planning Execution

CON 112 Mission-Performance Assessment

CON 120ŏ
%//%+*ġ+1/! ŏ+*0.0%*#ŏĨĩ

CLC 033ŏ+*0.0ŏ+.)0ŏ* ŏ0.101.!ŏ"+.ŏ0$!ŏ+ŏ!1/%*!//ŏ*2%.+*)!*0

Functional Training

Systems Acquisition

Logistics & Sustainment

Construction/A&E

Contingency/Combat Operations

Contract Administration Office

Contract Cost/Price Analyst

)((ŏ1/%*!//ŏ,!%(%/0

Other

Unique Position Training Standards 2

Level I contracting personnel assigned to 

support a MDAP/MAIS program

Core Plus Development Guide Type of Assignment 3

Training All

×

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

See Contracting Matrix on the following page 

Education

Experience

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. See 10 U.S.C 1724 (provides 

for limited exceptions).

2 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified should meet the training standard(s) identified within 1 year of assignment. 3 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide 

if not already completed.

+*!ŏ/,!%ü! 

+*!ŏ/,!%ü! 
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 111

Contracting Matrix (Entry) Level I 

Operational 

Contracting

Research & 

Development

Systems 

Acquisition

Log / 

Sustainment

Construction /

A&E

Contingency /

Combat Ops

Contract Admin

Cost / Price /

Analyst

Small Bus 

Specialist

HQs/Other

Core Plus Development Guide Type of Assignment

Training

CLC 003 Sealed Bidding × × × 

CLC 004 Market Research × × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 009 Service Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business Program × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 020 Commercial Item Determination × × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 028 Past Performance Information × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 030 Essentials of Interagency Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity × × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 043 Defense Priorities and Allocations System × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 045 Partnering × × × × × × × ×

CLC 060 Time and Materials Contracts × × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 105 DCMA Intern Training × 

CLC 113 Procedures, Guidance, and Information × × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 131 Commercial Item Pricing × × × × × × ×

CLC 132 Organizational Conflicts of Interest × × × × × × × × × ×

CLC 133 Contract Payment Instructions × × × × × × × × × ×

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card × × × × × × × × × ×

CLG 004 DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training × × × × × × × × × ×

CLM 023 Javits-Wagner-O’Day (JWOD) Tutorial × × × × × × × × ×

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures × × × × × × × × ×

CON 243 Architect-Engineer Contracting (R) × 

CON 244 Construction Contracting (R) × 

FAC 007 Certificate of Competency Program × × × × × × × × ×

SPS 101 Standard Procurement System and Federal Procurement Data System - Next × × × × × × × × × ×

 Generation User
112 Appendix B

Contracting (Intermediate) Level II 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Operational Contracting

Research & Development

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

Experience 2 years of contracting experience

Contracting functions in support of post, camp, or station.

Contracting functions in support of research and development. 

Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition to include all ACAT programs.

Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to sustain 

weapon systems.

Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering services.

Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment.

Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration. 

Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis.

Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for 

maximizing use of small businesses.

Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, secretariat, 

or OSD.

Education

đŏ0ŏ(!/0ŏĂąŏ/!)!/0!.ŏ$+1./ŏ%*ŏ+1*0%*#Čŏ(3Čŏ1/%*!//Čŏü**!Čŏ+*0.0/Čŏ,1.$/%*#Čŏ

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and 

management

đŏ(1.!0!ŏ !#.!!

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201Bŏ	*0!.)! %0!ŏ5/0!)/ŏ-1%/%0%+*Čŏ.0ŏŏĨĩ

CON 214ŏ1/%*!//ŏ!%/%+*/ŏ"+.ŏ+*0.0%*#

CON 215ŏ	*0!.)! %0!ŏ+*0.0%*#ŏ"+.ŏ
%//%+*ŏ1,,+.0ŏĨĩ

CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting

CON 217 Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques

CON 218ŏ 2*! ŏ+*0.0%*#ŏ"+.ŏ
%//%+*ŏ1,,+.0ŏĨĩ

Functional Training

Systems Acquisition

Logistics & Sustainment

Construction/A&E

Contingency/Combat Operations

Contract Administration Office

Contract Cost/Price Analyst

)((ŏ1/%*!//ŏ,!%(%/0

Other

Unique Position Training Standards 2

Level II contracting personnel assigned to 

support a MDAP/MAIS program

Core Plus Development Guide Type of Assignment 3

Training All

See Contracting Matrix on the following page ×

!#%*ŏ#. 10!ŏ/01 %!/ŏ%*ŏ1/%*!//ŏ )%*%/0.0%+*ŏ+.ŏ,.+1.!)!*0ŏ

Ăŏ5!./ŏ+"ŏ+*0.0%*#ŏ!4,!.%!*!ŏĨ%*ŏ %0%+*ŏ0+ŏ+.!ŏ!.0%ü0%+*ŏ!4,!.%!*!ĩ

Education

Experience

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. See 10 U.S.C 1724 (provides 

for limited exceptions).

2 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified should meet the training standard(s) identified within 1 year of assignment. 3 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed.
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 113

Contracting Matrix (Intermediate) Level II Operational Contracting Research & Development Systems Acquisition

Log / 

Sustainment

Construction /

A&E

Contingency /

Combat Ops

Contract Admin

Cost / Price /

Analyst

Small Bus 

Specialist

Other

Core Plus Development Guide Type of Assignment

Training

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) x x x x x x x x x

CLC 001 Defense Subcontract Management x x x x x x x x x

CLC 006 Contract Terminations x x x x x x x x

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection x x x x x x x x x x

CLC 008 Indirect Costs x x x x x

CLC 013 Performance-Based Services Acquisition x x x x x x x x x

CLC 018 Contractual Incentives x x x x x x x x x x

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success x x x

CLC 022 Profit Policy Revisions x x x x x x x x x x

CLC 026 Performance-Based Payments Overview x x x x x x x x x x

CLC 027 Buy American Act x x x x x x x x x x

CLC 031 Reverse Auctioning x x 

CLC 034 Provisional Award Fee x x x x 

CLC 035 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects: Comprehensive Coverage x x x 

CLC 036 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects Overview x x x x x x x x x x

CLC 037 A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview x x

CLC 039 Contingency Contracting Simulation: Barda Bridge x 

CLC 040 Predictive Analysis and Scheduling x x x

CLC 041 Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering x x x x

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance x x x

CLC 044 Alternative Dispute Resolution x x x x x x x x

CLC 047 Contract Negotiation Techniques x x x x x x x x x x

CLC 050 Contracting with Canada x x x x x x x x x x

CLC 102 Administration of Other Transactions x x x 

CLC 103 Facilities Capital Cost of Money x x x x x x x x x

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee x x x x x x x x x

CLC 107 OPSEC Contract Requirements x x x x x x x x

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview x x x x x x x x x x

CLC 110 Spend Analysis Strategies x x x x x x x x x x

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force x x x x x x x x

CLC 114 Contingency Contracting Officer Refresher x 

CLC 120 Utilities Privatization Contract Administration x 

CLC 125 Berry Amendment x x x x x x x

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure x x x 

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work x x x x x x 

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition x x 

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview x x x x x x x x

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military Equipment x x x x x x x x x

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification x x x x x x x x x x

CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts (R) x x x x 

CON 234 Joint Contingency Contracting (R) x 

CON 235 Advanced Contract Pricing (R) x x x x

CON 250 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part I (R) x x x x 

CON 251 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part II (R) x x x x 

CON 260A The Small Business Program, Part A x

CON 260B The Small Business Program, Part B (R) x

GRT 201 Grants and Agreements Management (R) x x 

HBS 221 Negotiating x x x x x x x x x x

HBS 223 Presentation Skills x x x x x x x x x x

HBS 229 Team Leadership x x x x x x x x x x

HBS 239 Team Management x x x x x x x x x x

IND 100 Contract Property Administration and Disposition Fundamentals (R) x x x x 
114 Appendix B

Contracting (Advanced) Level III 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Operational Contracting

Research & Development

Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

Experience 4 years of contracting experience

Contracting functions in support of post, camp, or station.

Contracting functions in support of research and development. 

Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition to include all ACAT programs.

Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to sustain 

weapon systems.

Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering services.

Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment.

Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration. 

Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis.

Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for 

maximizing use of small businesses.

Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, secretariat, 

or OSD.

Education

đŏ0ŏ(!/0ŏĂąŏ/!)!/0!.ŏ$+1./ŏ%*ŏ+1*0%*#Čŏ(3Čŏ1/%*!//Čŏü**!Čŏ+*0.0/Čŏ,1.$/%*#Čŏ

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and 

management

đŏ(1.!0!ŏ !#.!!

ACQ 201Bŏ	*0!.)! %0!ŏ5/0!)/ŏ-1%/%0%+*Čŏ.0ŏŏĨĩ

CON 353ŏ 2*! ŏ1/%*!//ŏ+(10%+*/ŏ"+.ŏ
%//%+*ŏ1,,+.0ŏĨĩ

āŏ %0%+*(ŏ+1./!ŏ".+)ŏ0$!ŏ.2. ŏ1/%*!//ŏ
*#!)!*0ŏ
+ 1(!/ Functional Training

Systems Acquisition

Logistics & Sustainment

Construction/A&E

Contingency/Combat Operations

Contract Administration Office

Contract Cost/Price Analyst

)((ŏ1/%*!//ŏ,!%(%/0

Other

Unique Position Training Standards 2

Level III contracting personnel assigned to or 

devoting at least 50% of their time in support 

+"ŏŏ
ĥ
	ŏ,.+#.)

Core Plus Development Guide Type of Assignment 3

Training All

!!ŏ+*0.0%*#ŏ
0.%4ŏ+*ŏ0$!ŏ"+((+3%*#ŏ,#!ŏ ×


/0!.ņ/ŏ !#.!!ŏ%*ŏ1/%*!//ŏ )%*%/0.0%+*ŏ+.ŏ,.+1.!)!*0ŏ

ąŏ5!./ŏ+"ŏ+*0.0%*#ŏ!4,!.%!*!ŏĨ%*ŏ %0%+*ŏ0+ŏ+.!ŏ!.0%ü0%+*ŏ!4,!.%!*!ĩ

Education

Experience

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. See 10 U.S.C 1724 (provides 

for limited exceptions).

2 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 3 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed.
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) 115

Contracting Matrix (Advanced) Level III 

Career Field Cerifi cation

Operational 

Contracting

Research & 

Development

Systems 

Acquisition

Log / 

Sustainment

Construction /

A&E

Contingency /

Combat Ops

Contract Admin

Cost / Price /

Analyst

Small Bus 

Specialist

Other

Core Plus Development Guide Type of Assignment

Training

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R) x x x x x x x x x x

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management x x 

CLB 007 Cost Analysis x x x x x x x x x

CLB 011 Budget Policy x 

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management x x x 

CLC 004 Market Research x x x x x x x

CLC 023 Commercial Item Determination Executive Overview x x x x x x x x x x

LAW 801 Acquisition Law (R) x x x x x x x x
116 Appendix B

Facilities Engineering (Entry) Level I

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

All facets of facilities engineering from planning through disposal, encompassing design, 

construction, environmental management, base operations and support, housing, real estate, 

and real property maintenance.

Facilities Engineer

Facilities 

Engineer

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

1 year of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Formal education not required for certification

Functional Training None required

Education

Experience

CLC 028 Past Performance Information

CLM 017 Risk Management

CLM 024 Contracting Overview 

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson from PMT 352A

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community planning, business, or related fields

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if 

not already completed.

None specified
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 117

Facilities Engineering (Intermediate) Level II1

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 2

Core Plus Development Guide 3

Training 

Education

Experience

All facets of facilities engineering from planning through disposal, encompassing design, 

construction, environmental management, base operations and support, housing, real estate, 

and real property maintenance.

Facilities Engineer

Facilities 

Engineer

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training None required

2 years of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Formal education not required for certification

Functional Training FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering

Education

Experience

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management

CLE 001 Value Engineering 

CLM 012 Scheduling

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure

CLM 016 Cost Estimating 

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community planning, business, or related fields

2 years of experience in acquisition positions of increasing responsibility and complexity (in addition to core certification experience)

9 semester credit hours must be selected from accounting, business finance, law, economics, industrial management, quantitive methods, or 

organization and management

1 Level II is the highest certification level for this career field. 

2 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education and experience required for certification at this level.

3 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed.
118 Appendix B

Industrial/Contract Property Management 

(Entry) Level I

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Oversees and manages life cycle processes for government-owned property utilized by 

contractors (i.e., government property in the possession of contractors and, in some instances, 

government-owned contractor-operated plants). Provides advice and assistance on propertyrelated matters during acquisition planning, contract formation, and contract management. 

Reviews contractor’s purchasing system as it pertains to property management. Performs 

investigations of instances of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government property and 

either grants relief or recommends liability.

Industrial and/or Contract Property 

Management

Ind/Con Prop Mgt

×

Acquisition Training None required

1 year of property management experience

Formal education not required for certification

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements (R)

CON 110 Mission-Support Planning

CON 111 Mission-Planning Execution

CON 112 Mission-Performance Assessment

IND 100 Contract Property Administration and Disposition Fundamentals (R)

IND 103 Contract Property Systems Analysis Fundamentals

Functional Training

Education

Experience

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if 

not already completed.

None specified
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 119

Industrial/Contract Property Management 

(Intermediate) Level II

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Develops policy and procedures for government property management. Oversees and manages 

life cycle processes for government-owned property utilized by contractors (i.e., government 

property in the possession of contractors and, in some instances, government-owned 

contractor-operated plants). Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during 

acquisition planning, contract formation, and contract management. Reviews contractor’s 

purchasing system as it pertains to property management. Performs investigations of instances 

of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government property and either grants relief or 

recommends liability.

Industrial and/or Contract Property 

Management

Ind/Con Prop Mgt

×

×

×

Acquisition Training

2 years of experience in an industrial property management position 

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

Formal education not required for certification

CON 214 Business Decisions for Contracting

CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting

CON 217 Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques

IND 200 Intermediate Contract Property Administration and Disposition (R)

Functional Training

Education

Experience

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military Equipment

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification 

Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed.

HBS 210 Process Improvement ×

HBS 213 Change Management ×

HBS 227 Strategic Thinking ×

None specified
120 Appendix B

Industrial/Contract Property Management 

(Advanced) Level III

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Develops policy and procedures for government property management. Oversees and manages 

life cycle processes for government-owned property utilized by contractors (i.e., government 

property in the possession of contractors and, in some instances, government-owned 

contractor-operated plants). Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during 

acquisition planning, contract formation, and contract management. Reviews contractor’s 

purchasing system as it pertains to property management. Performs investigations of instances 

of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government property, and either grants relief or 

recommends liability.

Industrial and/or Contract Property 

Management

Ind/Con Prop Mgt

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training

4 years of experience in industrial property management positions of increasing responsibility 

and complexity 

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

Formal education not required for certification

CON 353 Advanced Business Solutions for Mission Support (R)

1 additional course from the Harvard Business Management Modules identified in the Core Plus 

Development Guide below Functional Training

Education

Experience

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization

HBS 228 Leading and Motivating

Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

4 years of experience in industrial property management (in addition to core certification experience)

HBS 230 Coaching

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed.
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 121

Information Technology (Entry) Level I

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if 

not already completed. 

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Identifies and describes the following: policies, laws, and regulations; emerging IT acquisition 

strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; capital 

planning and investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; and 

information assurance. 

Identifies and describes the following: IT program management approaches; emerging IT 

acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; 

acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance; test and evaluation 

processes; verification and validation processes; and fielding and sustaining IT systems.

CIO Office

Project Office/Field Activities

Central Design Activity (CDA)

Project Office/

Field Activities CDA

×

× ×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× × ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in information technology 

Identifies and describes the following: basic concepts of software engineering and development 

activities, enterprise architecture, best practices, IT systems engineering, information assurance, 

IT-related technologies, test and evaluation processes, and verification and validation processes.

Education Formal education not required for certification

As of Nov. 15, 2005, the contents of IRM 101 and SAM 101 were merged. Since Nov. 15, 2005, the 

same content has been delivered under both course designators/names; therefore, either of the 

following conditions must be met:

đŏ IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition and SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition 

 Management if both courses were completed before Nov. 15, 2005; or

đŏ IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition or SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition 

 Management if either course was completed on or after Nov. 15, 2005.

Functional Training

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management

CLB 007 Cost Analysis

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management 

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts 

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization 

CLE 020 Enterprise Architecture

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering 

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation 

Baccalaureate degree, preferably with a major in computer science, management information systems, business administration, or a related field

CIO

None specified
122 Appendix B

Information Technology (Intermediate) Level II

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed. 

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Applies the following: policies, laws, and regulations; emerging IT acquisition strategies; best 

practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; capital planning and 

investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; and information 

assurance.

Applies the following: IT program management approaches; emerging IT acquisition strategies; 

best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; acquisition planning, 

solicitation, and administration; information assurance; test and evaluation processes; verification 

and validation processes; and fielding and sustaining IT systems.

CIO Office

Project Office/Field Activities

Central Design Activity (CDA)

Project Office/

Field Activities CDA

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

× ×

× ×

× ×

×

× ×

× ×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition Management, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition Management, Part B (R)

Experience 2 years of acquisition experience; at least 1 year of this experience must be in information 

technology 

Applies the following: basic concepts of software engineering and development activities; 

enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; information assurance; IT-related 

technologies; test and evaluation processes; and verification and validation processes.

Education Formal education not required for certification

IRM 201 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R)

SAM 201 Intermediate Software Acquisition Management (R) Functional Training

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management 

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) (replaces BCF 101) 

CLE 003 Technical Reviews 

CLE 006 Enterprise Integration Overview

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing

CLE 016 Outcome-Based Performance Measures

CLE 017 Technical Planning 

CLE 025 Information Assurance for Acquisition Professionals

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability 

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) 

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) 

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I 

Master’s degree, preferably with a major in computer science, management information systems, business administration, or a related field

2 years of information technology acquisition experience, preferably in a program office or similar organization (in addition to core certification 

experience)

CIO

× ×

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis (replaces BCF 101) × × ×
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 123

Information Technology (Advanced) Level III

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed. 

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Interprets, evaluates, and develops policies and/or influences laws/regulations for: emerging IT 

acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; 

capital planning and investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; 

and information assurance.

Interprets, evaluates, and/or develops: IT program management approaches; emerging IT 

acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; 

acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance; test and evaluation 

processes; verification and validation processes; and fielding and sustaining IT systems.

CIO Office

Project Office/Field Activities

Central Design Activity (CDA)

Project Office/

Field Activities CDA

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training None required

Experience 4 years of information technology or software-intensive systems acquisition experience

Interprets, evaluates, and/or develops: basic concepts of software engineering and development 

activities; enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; information assurance; 

IT-related technologies; test and evaluation processes; and verification and validation processes.

Education Formal education not required for certification

IRM 304 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition (R)

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R) Functional Training

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments 

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems 

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) 

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership 

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

LOG 203 Reliability and Maintainability 

PMT 250 Program Management Tools 

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A 

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part II (R) 

Master’s degree, preferably with a major in computer science, management information systems, business administration, or a related field

4 years of information technology acquisition experience (in additional to core certification experience)

CIO

×
124 Appendix B

Life Cycle Logistics (Entry) Level I

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support 

strategies. Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness 

and readiness. Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and 

performance are addressed. Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD 

product support approach. Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system 

deployability, supportability, and mobility.

Implements effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support of 

fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence, modernization/modification, 

sustaining engineering, workload allocation, public-private partnerships, supply chain management, and/or system retirement. Executes and manages system performance-based logistics 

support strategy, ensuring system performance requirements are met.

Acquisition Logistics

Sustainment

Sustainment Acquisition 

Logistics

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management 

Experience 1 year of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Education Formal education not required for certification

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics

Functional Training

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) (replaces BCF 101)

CLB 007 Cost Analysis 

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and Budget Exhibits

CLC 013 Performance-Based Services Acquisition 

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success

CLC 045 Partnering 

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force 

CLE 003 Technical Reviews

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability 

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM 

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering

CLL 013 DoD Packaging

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) 

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution 

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) 

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition 

CLM 036 Technology Transfer and Export Control Fundamentals

CON 110 Mission-Support Planning 

Baccalaureate degree in a technical, scientific, or managerial field

2 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if 

not already completed. 

CON 111 Mission-Planning Execution

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering 

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis (replaces BCF 101) ×
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 125

Life Cycle Logistics (Intermediate) Level II

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R)

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A

LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R)

Two additional supervisor-employee agreed upon courses or continuous learning (CL) 

modules from the Core Plus list below

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support 

strategies. Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness 

and readiness. Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and 

performance are addressed. Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD 

product support approach. Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system 

deployability, supportability, and mobility.

Implements effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support of 

fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence, modernization/ modification, 

sustaining engineering, workload allocation, public-private partnerships, supply chain management, and/or system retirement. Executes and manages system performance-based logistics 

support strategy, ensuring system performance requirements are met.

Acquisition Logistics

Sustainment 

Sustainment Acquisition 

Logistics

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A 

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Experience 2 years of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Education Formal education not required for certification

Functional Training

BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R)

CLC 004 Market Research

CLC 018 Contractual Incentives

CLE 001 Value Engineering

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing 

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis

CLL 019 Technology Refreshment Planning

CLL 020 Independent Logistics Assessments

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation 

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level Maintenance (50/50) 

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements (DMISA)

CLM 037 Physical Inventories

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview 

CON 112 Mission-Performance Assessment 

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition 

LOG 203 Reliability and Maintainability 

LOG 204 Configuration Management

LOG 210 Supportability Manager Tools (R) 

PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R)

PMT 250 Program Management Tools

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals 

Baccalaureate degree in a logistics, business, management, or technical field, and/or completion of a certificate program in systems design and 

operational effectiveness or similar systems engineering/technical education, business administration, and/or supply chain management

4 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed. 

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R)

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I 

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) 

×

×
126 Appendix B

Life Cycle Logistics (Advanced) Level III

LOG 350 Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management (R) (replaces LOG 304)

Two additional supervisor-employee agreed-upon courses or continuous learning (CL) modules 

from the Core Plus list below

Type of

Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Leads/plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems support 

strategies. Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness 

and readiness. Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and 

performance are addressed. Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD 

product support approach. Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system 

deployability, supportability, and mobility.

Leads, plans and executes effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems 

support of fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence management, 

modernization/ modification, sustaining engineering, workload allocation, public-private partnerships, supply chain management, and/or system retirement. Executes and manages performancebased logistics support strategy, ensuring system performance requirements are met.

Acquisition Logistics

Sustainment 

 AL S

Acquisition Training No additional requirements

Experience 4 years of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Education Formal education not required for certification

Functional Training

Master’s degree in a logistics, business, management, or technical field, such as systems design and operational effectiveness, or similar systems 

engineering/ technical education, business administration, and/or supply chain management

8 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed. 

Type of

Assignment Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training AL S

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) × ×

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) ×

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition For Decision Makers (R) ×

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) × ×

CLB 011 Budget Policy × ×

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management ×

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us × ×

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering × 

CLL 016 Joint Logistics × ×

CLL 201 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material 

Shortages (DMSMS) Fundamentals × ×

CLL 203 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material 

Shortages (DMSMS) Essentials × ×

CLL 204 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material

Shortages (DMSMS) Case Studies ×

CLL 205 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material 

Shortages (DMSMS) for Technical Professionals ×

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership ×

CLM 017 Risk Management × ×

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health— × ×

Lesson from PMT 352A 

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview × ×

CLM 041 Capabilities-Based Planning × 

CLM 044 Radio Frequency Identification ×

CLM 047 Fiscal and Physical Accountability and 

Management of DoD Equipment ×

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) ×

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification × ×

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures × 

HBS 201 Budgeting × ×

HBS 214 Crisis Management × ×

PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R) × ×

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A × 

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) ×

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing (R) ×

RQM 110 Core Concepts for Requirements Management ×

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering, Part II (R) × ×

TST 302 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) × × 

AL – Acquisition Logistics

 S – Sustainment 
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 127

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing 

(Entry) Level I

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Builds quality characteristics (i.e., performance, cost, durability, safety, ease of use, reliability, 

maintainability, availability, ease of disposal, simplicity of design, and configuration management) into the designs of the products and services. Ensures consistency of requirements as they 

flow down to the component level.

Participates in manufacturing planning. Builds producibility into designs (tooling, facilities, and 

products). Evaluates production capability and capacity of manufacturing processes.

Performs production surveillance. Monitors schedule and delivery processes. Participates in 

assessing manufacturing/production readiness.

Quality Assurance Engineer

Manufacturing/Production Engineer

Manufacturing/Production Specialist

Quality Assurance Specialist

Mftg/Prod 

Specialist

Mftg/Prod 

Engineer

QA 

Specialist

QA 

Engineer

× × × ×

×

× × ×

× × ×

× × × ×

× ×

×

×

×

×

× ×

× × ×

×

× × × ×

× ×

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance 

Ensures the appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the products. Monitors 

products and services through the life cycle and the supply chain. Validates/verifies adherence to 

specified requirements through test and measurement activities.

Education Formal education not required for certification

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial

CLM 017 Risk Management

Functional Training

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering 

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization

CLE 025 Information Assurance for Acquisition Professionals

CLE 201 ISO 9000:2000 

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals

PQM 103 Defense Specification Management (R) 

PQM 104 Specification Selection and Application (R)

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering 

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation 

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, chemistry, physical science, mathematics, statistics, manufacturing or production management, industrial 

technology or management, business, quality assurance, or a related field

At least 4 weeks of rotational assignments at a contractor and/or governmental industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, 

engineering, and contracting

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if 

not already completed. 

×

×
128 Appendix B

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing 

(Intermediate) Level II

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training

Education

Experience

Builds quality characteristics (i.e., performance, cost, durability, safety, ease of use, reliability, 

maintainability, availability, ease of disposal, simplicity of design, and configuration management) into the designs of the products and services. Ensures consistency of requirements as they 

flow down to the component level.

Evaluates manufacturing planning. Builds producibility in designs (tooling, facilities, and 

products). Evaluates production capability and capacity of manufacturing processes. Coordinates with systems engineering and design functions.

Performs production surveillance. Monitors schedule and delivery processes. Evaluates 

manufacturing/production readiness.

Quality Assurance Engineer

Manufacturing/Production Engineer

Manufacturing/Production Specialist

Quality Assurance Specialist

Mftg/Prod 

Specialist

Mftg/Prod 

Engineer

QA 

Specialist

QA 

Engineer

× × × ×

× × ×

× ×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A 

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

Ensures appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the product. Monitors the 

products and services through the life cycle and the supply chain. Validates/verifies adherence to 

specified requirements through test and measurement activities. Leads and coordinates 

quality-assurance activities.

Education Formal education not required for certification

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R)

CLE 003 Technical Reviews

Functional Training

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us

CLE 001 Value Engineering

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering

CLE 017 Technical Planning

CLE 028 Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel 

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability 

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) 

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A 

LOG 203 Reliability and Maintainability 

LOG 204 Configuration Management

PQM 202 Commercial and Nondevelopmental Item Acquisition (R) 

PQM 203 Preparation of Commercial Item Description for Engineering and Technical Personnel

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) 

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, chemistry, physical science, mathematics, statistics, manufacturing or production management, industrial 

technology or management, business, quality assurance, or a related field

At least one 30-day rotational assignment at a contractor and/or government industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, 

engineering, and contracting; 2 years of experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed. 

×

× ×

×

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance × ×
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 129

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing 

(Advanced) Level III

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training

Education

Experience

Builds quality characteristics (i.e., performance, cost, durability, safety, ease of use, reliability, 

maintainability, availability, ease of disposal, simplicity of design, and configuration management) into the designs of the products and services. Ensures consistency of requirements as they 

flow down to the component level. Manages transition through various life cycle phases. 

Influences continuous process-improvement activities.

Participates in manufacturing planning. Builds producibility in designs (tooling, facilities, and 

products). Evaluates production capability and capacity of manufacturing processes. Influences 

continuous process improvement activities and the design process.

Performs production surveillance. Monitors schedule and delivery processes. Manages/leads 

manufacturing/production readiness reviews. Manages/leads manufacturing/production 

processes and resources.

Quality Assurance Engineer

Manufacturing/Production Engineer

Manufacturing/Production Specialist

Quality Assurance Specialist

Mftg/Prod 

Specialist

Mftg/Prod 

Engineer

QA 

Specialist

QA 

Engineer

× × × ×

×

×

× ×

× ×

× × ×

× ×

×

×

×

× × ×

× ×

Acquisition Training None required

Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

Ensures the appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the product. Monitors 

the products and services through life cycle and the supply chain. Validates/verifies adherence to 

specified requirements through test and measurement activities. Manages/leads qualityassurance activities.

Education Formal education not required for certification

Functional Training PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R)

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success

CLC 040 Predictive Analysis and Scheduling

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing 

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

PMT 250 Program Management Tools 

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A 

Master’s degree in business, production management, engineering, or a related field

At least one 90-day rotational assignment at a contractor and/or government industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, 

engineering, and contracting

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed. 

×
130 Appendix B

Program Management (Entry) Level I

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training

Education

Experience

Participates in an IPT delivering a weapon system, C2/network-centric system, or space system. 

Performs financial and status reporting and basic logistic activities. Supports pre-award contract 

activities and workload planning and scheduling.

Participates in a business process IPT, fundamentals of enterprise integration, and outcomebased performance measures.

Participates in a variety of international-related programs/tasks, either cooperative or security 

assistance in nature.

Weapon Systems

Business Mgt Systems/IT

International Acquisition

Services

International

Business 

Mgmt/IT Services Weapon Systems

× × ×

× ×

× ×

× × ×

× ×

×

× ×

× × ×

× × ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

Experience 1 year of acquisition experience

Assists in acquisition planning, assessing risk (technical, cost, and schedule), and contract 

tracking and performance evaluation.

Education Formal education not required for certification

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

CLB 007 Cost Analysis Functional Training CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us

CLE 025 Information Assurance for Acquisition Professionals

CLI 001 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 1 

CLI 002 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 2 

CLI 003 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 3 

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems 

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics

CLM 017 Risk Management 

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) 

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition 

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals 

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals

Baccalaureate degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, or business administration

1 year of acquisition experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development 

Guide if not already completed. 

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management 

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 131

Program Management (Intermediate) Level II

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Structures and guides systems engineering activities. Establishes a risk/opportunity program. 

Structures and conducts technical reviews. Works with contracting personnel. Maintains 

configuration control. Leads IPTs in support of developing and delivering a weapon system, 

C2/network-centric system, or space system.

Leads IPTs, identifies and manages enterprise-level business systems and issues, and applies 

performance measures within the acquisition community and program office context that 

directly impact systems under development.

Participates in successful cooperative development, production partnership, or system 

modification/transfer during pre-system acquisition or system acquisition—either cooperative or 

seccurity assistance in nature—with allied and friendly nations.

Weapon Systems

Business Mgt Systems/IT

International Acquisition

Services

International

Business 

Mgmt/IT Services Weapon Systems

Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Experience 2 years acquisition experience; at least 1 year of this experience must be in program management

Structures incentives tied to desired outcomes for service contracts, prepares plans for 

mitigating risks, provides contract tracking and oversight. Performs most acquisition planning 

tasks as established in Attachment 1 to AT&L Services Memo of Oct. 2, 2006.

Education Formal education not required for certification

PMT 250 Program Management Tools

CON 110 Mission-Support Planning

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management or IRM 101 Basic Information Systems

Acquisition if completed on or after Nov. 15, 2005

Functional Training

Master’s degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, business administration, or a related field

2 years of acquisition experience, preferably in a systems program office or similar organization (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed. 

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) ×

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management × × ×

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R) × × ×

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts × × ×

CLE 006 Enterprise Integration Overview × 

CLE 022 Program Manager Introduction to Anti-Tamper ×

CLI 004 Information Exchange Program (IEP), DoD Generic Research, Development, Test, and 

Evaluation (RDT&E) ×

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM × ×

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering × ×

CLM 025 Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) Acquisition for Program Managers × × ×

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work × ×

CLM 036 Technology Transfer and Export Control Fundamentals ×

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals × ×

PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R) ×

PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R) ×

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals × ×

SAM 201 Intermediate Software Acquisition Management (R) × ×
132 Appendix B

Program Management (Advanced) Level III

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Unique Position Training Standards2

Core Plus Development Guide 3

Training 

Education

Experience

Leads and provides oversight of IPTs delivering a weapon system, C2/network-centric system, or 

space system. Leads tasks supporting pre-award contracts, financial management, risk 

management, systems engineering, total ownership cost determination, contract coordination, 

and communications.

Oversees transformation integration, planning and performance, and investment management as 

applies to the acquisition community, program office(s), and system(s) under development.

Participates in or manages successful cooperative development, production partnership, or 

system modification/transfer during pre-system acquisition or system acquisition with allied and 

friendly foreign nations, either cooperative or security assistance in nature.

Weapon Systems

Business Mgt Systems/IT

International Acquisition

Services

International Business 

Mgmt/IT Services Weapon Systems

× × ×

×

×

× × ×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

× × ×

× ×

× ×

× ×

× ×

×

×

× ×

×

Acquisition Training None required

Experience

4 years of acquisition experience with at least

ŏ đŏĂŏ5!./ŏ%*ŏŏ,.+#.)ŏ+þ!ĥ/%)%(.ŏ+.#*%60%+*ŏĨ ! %0! ŏ)0.%4ŏ/1,,+.0ŏ0+ŏŏ
Čŏŏ

 PEO, DCMA program integrator, or supervisor of shipbuilding)

ŏ đŏŏāŏ5!.ŏ%*ŏŏ,.+#.)ŏ)*#!)!*0ŏ,+/%0%+*ŏ3%0$ŏ+/0Čŏ/$! 1(!Čŏ* ŏ,!."+.)*!ŏ

 responsibilities

.#*%6!/ŏ* ŏ(! /ŏ+ŏ,.+"!//%+*(Čŏ )%*%/0.0%2!Čŏ* ŏ)*#!)!*0ŏ/1,,+.0ŏ/!.2%!ŏ

contracting as it relates to developing clearly stated and actionable requirements packages. 

Coordinates with local procurement contracting officers, and ensures opportunities for 

socio-economic business concerns. Performs all acquisition strategy requirements actions noted 

%*ŏ00$)!*0ŏāŏ0+ŏĒŏ!.2%!/ŏ
!)+ŏ+"ŏ0ċŏĂČŏĂĀĀćċ

Education Formal education not required for certification

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course (R)

SYS 202ŏ	*0!.)! %0!ŏ5/0!)/ŏ(**%*#Čŏ!/!.$Čŏ!2!(+,)!*0Čŏ* ŏ*#%*!!.%*#Čŏ.0ŏāŏ

PMT 401 Program Manager's Course (R) 

PMT 402 Executive Program Manager's Course (R)

Functional Training

PEOs; PM/DPM of MDAP/MAIS; PM/DPM of 

significant nonmajor programs

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R)

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R)

BCF 209 Acquisition Reporting for MDAPs and MAIS (R)

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability

CLL 022 %0(!ŏāĀŏ!,+0ŏ
%*0!**!ŏ0010!ŏ2!.2%!3

CLL 201 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) Fundamentals 

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R)

LOG 204 Configuration Management

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A

LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R) 

PMT 304 Advanced International Management Workshop (R)

PMT 403 Program Manager's Skills (R)

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R) 

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part II (R)

At least 24 semester hours from among accounting, business finance, law, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, marketing, 

-1*0%00%2!ŏ)!0$+ /Čŏ* ŏ+.#*%60%+*ŏ* ŏ)*#!)!*0ŏĨŏ!-1%2(!*5ŏ)5ŏ!ŏ/1/0%010! ĩ

Ăŏ5!./ŏ+"ŏ-1%/%0%+*ŏ!4,!.%!*!Čŏ,.!"!.(5ŏ%*ŏŏ/5/0!)/ŏ,.+#.)ŏ+þ!ŏ+.ŏ/%)%(.ŏ+.#*%60%+*ŏĨ%*ŏ %0%+*ŏ0+ŏ+.!ŏ!.0%ü0%+*ŏ!4,!.%!*!ĩ

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified must meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 3 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed. 

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) 

×

×

×

×

×

×
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 133

Purchasing (Entry) Level I

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Purchases, rents, or leases supplies, services, and equipment through either simplified acquisition procedures or placement of orders against pre-established contractual instruments to 

support operational requirements.

Purchasing Agent or 

Supervisory Purchasing Agent

Pur Agt /Sup Pur Agt

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training

1 year of purchasing experience 

None required

Formal education not required for certification

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements (R)

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card

CLC 030 Essentials of Interagency Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity

Functional Training

Education

Experience

CLC 003 Sealed Bidding

CLC 004 Market Research

CLC 009 Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business Program

16 semester hours of undergraduate work with an emphasis in business

None specified

CLC 113 Procedures, Guidance, and Information

SPS 101 Standard Procurement System and Federal Procurement Data System— NG User

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide 

if not already completed.
134 Appendix B

Purchasing (Intermediate) Level II1

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 2

Core Plus Development Guide 3

Training 

Education

Experience

Purchases, rents, or leases supplies, services, and equipment through either simplified acquisition procedures or placement of orders against pre-established contractual instruments to 

support operational requirements.

Purchasing Agent or 

Supervisory Purchasing Agent

Pur Agt /Sup Pur Agt

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training

2 years of purchasing experience 

None required

Formal education not required for certification

CON 110 Mission-Support Planning

CON 111 Mission-Planning Execution 

CON 112 Mission-Performance Assessment

CON 120 Mission-Focused Contracting (R)

Functional Training

Education

Experience

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

CLC 020 Commercial Item Determination 

CLC 022 Profit Policy Revisions

32 semester hours of undergraduate work with an emphasis in business

None specified

CLC 023 Commercial Item Determination Executive Overview

CLC 027 Buy American Act

CLC 060 Time and Materials Contracts

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee 

CLC 131 Commercial Item Pricing

CON 214 Business Decisions for Contracting 

CON 215 Intermediate Contracting for Mission Support (R)

CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting

CON 217 Cost Analysis and Negotiation Techniques 

CON 218 Advanced Contracting for Mission Support (R)

1 Level II is the highest certification level for this career field. 

2The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. To be certified at this level, 

workforce members must also posses a Level I certification in Purchasing.

3When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed. Personnel who have completed all elements of this and the lower-level guide should consider the guides 

associated with the Contracting career field for further development.
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 135

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Program Systems Engineer 

(Entry) Level I 

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering 

Two 100-level courses from among the following career fields/paths: PM, T&E, PQM, LCL, 

BCEFM, IT, or CON

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Demonstrates how systems engineering technical and technical management processes apply to 

acquisition programs. Interacts with program IPTs regarding the proper application of systems 

engineering processes. Develops systems models and work-breakdown structures; uses 

top-down design and bottom-up product realization.

Demonstrates how systems engineering processes apply while working in a program office or 

user support team supporting in-service, out-of-production systems. Interacts with user support 

teams regarding sustainability and reliability/maintainability improvements on fielded systems.

Acquisition Program Systems Engineer

Sustainment Program Systems Engineer

Chief Sustainment

Program Systems Engineer

Acquisition Program

Systems Engineer

×

×

× ×

×

× ×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

× ×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

× ×

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management 

Experience

2 years of technical experience in an acquisition position, to include government or industry 

equivalent, from the following career fields/paths: SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-STM, IT, T&E, PQM, FE, PM, 

LCL

Education

Baccalaureate or master’s degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics, 

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

Functional Training

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management 

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) (replaces BCF 101)

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and Budget Exhibits

CLB 012 Cost as an Independent Variable

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management 

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force

CLE 001 Value Engineering 

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization 

CLE 036 Engineering Change Proposals for Engineers 

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering 

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure

CLM 016 Cost Estimating 

CLM 017 Risk Management

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC)

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition 

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals 

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation 

None specified

None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide 

if not already completed. 

×

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis (replaces BCF 101) ×
136 Appendix B

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Program Systems Engineer 

(Intermediate) Level II

LOG 204 Configuration Management

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I 

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part II (R)

CLE 003 Technical Reviews

One 100- or 200-level course from among the following career fields/paths: PM, T&E, PQM, LCL, 

BCEFM, IT, or CON

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes in IPTs. Develops 

program/project systems engineering plans, etc.

Applies systems engineering processes in program offices and/or user support teams for 

in-service, out-of-production systems. Develops system upgrade/modification plans to support 

new or interoperability requirements. Develops obsolescence mitigation, technology 

insertion/modernization, reliability/maintainability improvement, etc., plans, as appropriate.

Acquisition Program Systems Engineer

Sustainment Program Systems Engineer

Sustainment Program 

Systems Engineer

Acquisition Program

Systems Engineer

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A 

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Experience

4 years of technical experience in an acquisition position, to include government or industry 

equivalent, from the following career fields/paths: SPRDE-SE; SPRDE-STM, IT, T&E, PQM, FE, PM, 

or LCL

Education

Baccalaureate or master’s degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics, 

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

Functional Training

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing 

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes

CLE 017 Technical Planning

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments

CLE 026 Trade Studies

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level Maintenance (50/50) 

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements (DMISA)

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) 

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process)

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A 

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R) 

LOG 203 Reliability and Maintainability 

LOG 210 Supportability Manager Tools (R) 

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A

LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R)

PMT 250 Program Management Tools 

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A 

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R) 

Advanced degree or graduate studies in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, 

computer science, or a related field.

None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed. 

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R)

×

×

×
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) Career Field Cerifi cation 137

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Program Systems Engineer 

(Advanced) Level III

SYS 302 Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering (R)

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

Two 200- or 300-level courses from among the following career fields/paths: PM, T&E, PQM, 

LCL, BCEFM, IT, or CON

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training

Education

Experience

Analyzes and applies processes while integrating multiple domains (analytic or engineering 

specialties) at a system or systems-of-systems level. Leads and/or manages systems engineering 

activities, develops systems engineering plans, and leads and facilitates IPTs. Demonstrates 

excellence in management, leadership, communications, and briefing skills.

Leads and/or manages systems engineering activities for programs supporting in-service, 

out-of-production systems. Analyzes and applies systems engineering processes in planning and 

execution of obsolescence mitigation, system upgrades and modifications, technology insertion, 

modernization, sustainability, reliability/maintainability improvements, etc., as appropriate. 

Demonstrates excellence in management, leadership, communications, and briefing skills.

Acquisition Program Systems Engineer

Sustainment Program Systems Engineer

Sustainment Program 

Systems Engineer

Acquisition Program

Systems Engineer

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training None required

Experience

8 years of technical experience in an acquisition position, to include government or industry 

equivalent, from the following career fields/paths: SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-STM, IT, T&E, PQM, FE, PM, 

or LCL

Education

Baccalaureate or master’s degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics, 

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

Functional Training

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R)

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R)

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R)

CLE 020 Enterprise Architecture

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) 

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis

CLL 203 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) Essentials 

CLL 204 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) Case Studies

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership 

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work 

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson from PMT 352A

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification

FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering 

LOG 350 Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management (R) (replaces LOG 304)

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R)

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R)

TST 302 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) 

None specified

Advanced degree or graduate studies in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, 

computer science, or a related field

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed. 
138 Appendix B

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Science and Technology Manager 

(Entry) Level I

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Conducts, and/or monitors science and technology activities—including basic research, applied 

research and/or advanced technology development—in support to acquisition programs. Science & Technology

Science & 

Technology

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

1 year of acquisition experience in science and technology

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, or a related field

Functional Training SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

Education

Experience

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure

CLM 016 Cost Estimating

CLM 017 Risk Management

CLM 024 Contracting Overview

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation 

None specified

None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide 

if not already completed.
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) 139

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Science and Technology Manager 

(Intermediate) Level II

Career Field Cerifi cation

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors science and technology activities, including basic 

research, applied research, and/or advanced technology development. May also provide direct 

support to acquisition program managers.

Science & Technology

Science & 

Technology

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

2 years of acquisition experience in science and technology

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, or a related field

STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management (R)

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments Functional Training

Education

Experience

CLB 011 Budget Policy

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management 

CLC 036 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects Overview 

CLC 106 Contracting Officer's Representative with a Mission Focus 

CLE 003 Technical Reviews

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability 

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

CLM 012 Scheduling

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work 

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson from PMT 352A 

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed.

CLM 036 Technology Transfer and Export Control Fundamentals 

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) 

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals 

None specified

None specified

×

×

×
140 Appendix B

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Science and Technology Manager 

(Advanced) Level III

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 3

Training 

Education

Experience

Leads and/or manages science and technology activities, including basic research, applied 

research, and/or advanced technology development. May also provide direct support to 

acquisition program managers.

Science & Technology

Science & 

Technology

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership

4 years of acquisition experience in science and technology management 

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, or a related field

Functional Training STM 303 Advanced S&T Management (R)

Education

Experience

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline 

CLE 026 Trade Studies

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) 

CLM 041 Capabilities-Based Planning 

Graduate-level degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, management, or a related field

None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level.

2 The Unique Position Training Standard for ATD managers is recommended, not required.

3 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed.

Unique Position Training Standards 2 

Advanced Technology Development 

Manager (Individuals with primary 

management responsibility for significant 

BA 3 projects such as Advanced Technology Demonstrations, Joint Capability 

Technology Demonstrations, and Future 

Naval Capabilities Programs)

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline

CLB 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports

CLB 020 Baseline Maintenance

CLE 026 Trade Studies

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP)

CLM 041 Capabilities-Based Planning

PMT 250 Program Management Tools

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) 141

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering— Systems Engineering 

(Entry) Level I

Career Field Cerifi cation

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering activities relating to the design, development, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or analysis of systems or systems components for 

a functional specialty (i.e., reliability and maintainability, systems safety, materials, avionics, 

structures, propulsion, chemical/biological, human systems interfaces, weapons, etc.). Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical management processes guide 

engineering activities for a functional specialty.

Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering design and development activities for systems or 

systems components. Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical 

management processes guide design and development activities.

Plans, organizes, and conducts science and technology research and engineering activities 

supporting acquisition programs, projects, or activities. Demonstrates how systems engineering 

technical processes and technical management processes guide science and technology 

research and engineering activities.

Functional Specialist

Developmental Engineer

Science & Technology 

(Research Engineer or Scientist)

Software/IT Engineer

S&T Engr/

Scientist Dev Engr Software/IT Engr

Funct

Spec

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

× ×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× × × ×

×

×

× × ×

×

× × ×

× ×

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management 

Experience 1 year of technical experience in an acquisition position, to include government or industry equivalent, 

from among the following career fields/paths: SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-STM, IT, T&E, PQM, FE, PM, or LCL

Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering activities relating to the design, development, and/or 

analysis of software and information technology systems or systems components. Demonstrates 

how systems engineering technical processes and technical management processes guide 

software development and/or IT integration activities.

Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics, 

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

Functional Training SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering 

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management 

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) (replaces BCF 101) 

CLE 001 Value Engineering

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering 

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering 

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization 

CLE 036 Engineering Change Proposals for Engineers 

CLL 011 Performance-Based Logistics

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure

CLM 016 Cost Estimating

CLM 017 Risk Management

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals 

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals 

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management 

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation 

1 year of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide 

if not already completed. 

×

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis (replaces BCF 101) ×
142 Appendix B

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Systems Engineering 

(Intermediate) Level II

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering activities in a functional specialty relating to 

the design, development, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or analysis of 

systems or systems components. Applies systems engineering technical processes and technical 

management processes to a functional specialty in IPT environments.

Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering design and development activities for systems 

or systems component. Applies systems engineering technical processes and technical 

management processes during systems development.

Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors science and technology research and engineering 

activities supporting acquisition programs, projects, or activities. Applies systems engineering 

technical processes and technical management processes to managing or conducting science 

and technology research and engineering activities.

Functional Specialist

Developmental Engineer

Science & Technology

 (Research Engineer or Scientist)

Software/IT Engineer

S&TEngr/

Scientist Dev Engr Software/IT Engr

Funct

Spec

×

×

×

×

× ×

× × ×

× ×

× ×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

Functional Training

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A 

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Experience

2 years of technical experience in an acquisition position, to include government or industry 

equivalent, from among the following career fields/paths: SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-STM, IT, T&E, PQM, 

FE, PM, or LCL

Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering activities relating to the design, development, 

and/or analysis of software and information technology systems or systems components. 

Applies systems engineering technical processes and technical management processes to 

software and IT development.

Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics, 

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I 

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part II (R)

CLE 003 Technical Reviews

Acquisition Training

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management 

CLB 017 Performance Measurement Baseline

CLC 041 Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering 

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing

CLE 016 Outcome-Based Performance Measures

CLE 017 Technical Planning

CLE 020 Enterprise Architecture 

CLE 026 Trade Studies

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) 

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work 

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition 

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process) 

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A 

LOG 203 Reliability and Maintainability 

LOG 204 Configuration Management 

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A 

SAM 201 Intermediate Software Acquisition Management (R) 

STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management (R) 

2 years of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

Master’s degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer science

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed. 

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) 

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

IRM 201 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition ×
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) 143

Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering—Systems Engineering 

(Advanced) Level III

Career Field Cerifi cation

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Leads and/or manages engineering activities in a functional specialty relating to the design, 

development, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or analysis of systems or 

systems components. Ensures appropriate systems engineering technical processes and 

technical management processes are properly applied to functional specialty activities that 

support IPT environments.

Leads and/or manages design and development activities for systems or systems components. 

Ensures appropriate systems engineering processes are properly applied during systems 

development.

Leads and/or manages science and technology research and engineering activities supporting 

acquisition programs, projects, or activities. Ensures appropriate systems engineering processes 

are properly applied during science and technology activities.

Functional Specialist

Developmental Engineer

Science & Technology

 (Research Engineer or Scientist)

Software/IT Engineer

S&TEngr/

Scientist Dev Engr Software/IT Engr

Funct

Spec

×

× ×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

× ×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

× × × ×

× ×

× ×

×

× ×

×

Functional Training

None required

Experience

4 years of technical experience in an acquisition position, to include government or industry 

equivalent, from among the following career fields/paths: SPRDE-SE, SPRDE-STM, IT, T&E, PQM, 

FE, PM, or LCL

Leads and/or manages engineering activities relating to the design, development, and/or 

analysis of software and information technology systems or systems components. Ensures 

appropriate systems engineering processes are properly applied to software development 

and/or IT integration activities.

Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, physics, 

chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

SYS 302 Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering (R)

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

Acquisition Training

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview 

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level Maintenance (50/50) 

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements (DMISA) 

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership 

CLM 034 Science and Technology—Lesson from PMT 352A

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R)

LOG 210 Supportability Manager Tools (R) 

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics, Part A

LOG 236 Performance-Based Logistics, Part B (R) 

PMT 250 Program Management Tools 

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A 

PQM 203 Preparation of Commercial Item Description for Engineering and Technical Personnel

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R)

STM 303 Advanced S&T Management (R) 

TST 302 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) 

4 years of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

Master’s degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer science

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed. 

× × ×

× ×

× ×

×
144 Appendix B

Tes t and Evaluation (Entry) Level I

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Supports research and development of T&E policy, practices, metrics, and procedures. Supports 

development of metrics (e.g., MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) identification, direction, and 

guidance applicable to the Service/agency involvement in T&E. Supports T&E office representative to T&E meetings and other forums. Supports tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of 

products/systems in the acquisition process. Supports development of the T&E career management plan for recruiting, training, and retaining a professional T&E workforce.

Supports identification, process, schedule for facility resources, T&E infrastructure, and budgets 

to support testing as expected for the respective facility. Supports facility test plan development. 

Supports test implementation, data collection, analysis, and reporting. Supports the maintenance 

of the physical facility, environment, and coordination of renovations and repairs as necessary.

Headquarters & Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, 

JITC, SYSCOMS, etc.)

Range/Lab/Supporting Activities

Program Management and Matrix Support

HQ & Staff PM &Matrix 

Support

Range/Lab/Spt 

Activities 

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

× ×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management 

Experience 1 year of acquisition experience

Supports the program’s T&E working-level IPT. Member of program's T&E team developing a test 

and evaluation strategy and evaluation master plan. Supports development of program’s T&E 

strategy, approach, process, schedule, and resource requirements. Supports development 

and/or implementation of metrics (e.g., MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) relative to 

product/system under test. Supports development of T&E materials and data for technical and 

progress reviews, to include risk assessment.

Education

Baccalaureate degree or higher, including 24 semester hours or equivalent in technical or 

scientific courses such as mathematics (e.g., calculus, probability, statistics), physical sciences 

(e.g., chemistry, biology, physics), psychology, operations research/systems analysis, engineering, computer sciences, and information technology

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Engineering

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation 

CLE 023 Modeling and Simulation for Test and Evaluation Functional Training

CLB 007 Cost Analysis

CLB 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management 

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization 

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition

None specified

None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide 

if not already completed. 
(“R” indicates resident instruction.) 145

Test and Evaluation (Intermediate) Level II 

Career Field Cerifi cation

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Develops T&E strategy, policy, practices, procedures, and implementation direction and 

guidance. Leads development of metrics (e.g., MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) identification, 

direction and guidance applicable to the headquarters. Serves as T&E office representative to 

T&E meetings and other forums. Manages tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of 

products/systems in the acquisition process and identifies T&E issues. Coordinates/approves test 

and evaluation strategies, test and evaluation master plans, test concepts, and test plans as well 

as certifying annual T&E budgets. Leads development of the T&E career management plan for 

recruiting, training, and retaining a professional T&E workforce.

Identifies and schedules facility resources and process, T&E infrastructure, and budgets to 

support testing. Ensures facility test and evaluation tools (IT, video, targets, instrumentation, etc.) 

are capable of supporting T&E as expected for the respective facility. Manages facility test plan 

development and coordination. Manages test implementation, data collection, analysis, and 

reporting. Supports the maintenance of the physical facility, environment, and coordination of 

renovations and repairs as necessary.

Headquarters & Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, 

JITC, SYSCOMS, etc.)

Range/Lab/Supporting Activities

Program Management and Matrix Support

HQ & Staff PM &Matrix 

Support

Range/Lab/Supp

orting Activities 

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

× ×

× × ×

× × ×

× × ×

× ×

× ×

×

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

×

Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A 

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Experience 2 years of test and evaluation experience

Member/chairs the program’s T&E working-level IPT. Directs/manages development and/or 

implementation of metrics (e.g., MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) relative to product/system 

under test. Drafts and coordinates test and evaluation strategy and test and evaluation master 

plan. Directs/manages development of program’s T&E approach, process, schedule, and 

resource requirements. Directs/manages development of T&E materials/data for technical and 

progress reviews, to include risk assessment. Identifies and coordinates T&E personnel and 

financial resources requirements. Provides guidance on test concepts and test plans development and submits annual T&E budgets.

Education

Baccalaureate degree or higher, including 24 semester hours or equivalent in technical or 

scientific courses such as mathematics (e.g., calculus, probability, statistics), physical sciences 

(e.g., chemistry, biology, physics), psychology, operations research/systems analysis, engineering, computer sciences, and information technology

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering, Part I 

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) Functional Training

CLE 003 Technical Reviews 

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization 

CLE 017 Technical Planning

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments

CLE 025 Information Assurance for Acquisition Professionals 

CLE 035 DTEPI Introduction to Probability and Statistics

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure

CLM 016 Cost Estimating 

CLM 017 Risk Management 

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson from PMT 352A 

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives (AoA) (USAF Process)

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals 

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals 

SAM 201 Intermediate Software Acquisition Management (R) 

None specified

None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guide if not already completed. 

CLM 029 Net-Ready Key Performance Parameter (NR-KPP) ×

IRM 201 Intermediate Information System Acquisition × × ×
146 Appendix B

Test and Evaluation (Advanced) Level III 

Type of Assignment

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

Core Certification Standards 1

Core Plus Development Guide 2

Training 

Education

Experience

Manages identification, development, and implementation of T&E strategy, policy, practices, and 

procedures. Manages development of metrics (e.g., MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) 

identification, direction, and guidance applicable to the respective Service/agency. Principal T&E 

office representative at T&E meetings and other forums. Directs/manages tracking/auditing of 

the T&E aspects of products/systems in the acquisition process, identifies T&E issues, and 

recommends corrective actions as necessary. Manages development of the T&E career 

management plan for recruiting, training, and retaining a professional T&E workforce. Approves 

test and evaluation strategies, test and evaluation master plans, test concepts, and test plans as 

well as certifying annual T&E budgets.

Manages the identification, process, and schedule for facility resources, T&E infrastructure, and 

budgets to support testing. Ensures facility test and evaluation tools (IT, targets, video, 

instrumentation, etc.) are capable of supporting T&E. Directs/manages facility test plan 

development, coordination, and approval. Directs/manages test implementation, data collection, 

analysis, and reporting. Manages the maintenance of the physical facility, environment, and 

coordination of renovations and repairs as necessary.

Headquarters & Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, 

JITC, SYSCOMS, etc.)

Range/Lab/Supporting Activities

Program Management and Matrix Support

HQ & Staff PM &Matrix 

Support

Range/Lab/Spt 

Activities 

×

× × ×

×

×

×

×

× ×

×

×

× ×

×

× ×

×

×

Acquisition Training No requirements

Experience 4 years of test and evaluation experience

Member/chairs the program’s T&E working-level IPT. Manages test and evaluation strategy and 

test and evaluation master plan development and securing final approvals. Directs/manages 

development of program’s T&E approach, process, schedule, and resource requirements. 

Directs/manages development of T&E materials for technical and progress reviews, to include 

risk assessment. Identifies and coordinates T&E personnel and financial resources requirements. 

Provides guidance on test concepts and test plans development and submits annual T&E 

budgets.

Education

Baccalaureate degree or higher, including 24 semester hours or equivalent in technical or 

scientific courses such as mathematics (e.g., calculus, probability, statistics), physical sciences 

(e.g., chemistry, biology, physics), psychology, operations research/systems analysis, engineering, computer sciences, and information technology

Functional Training TST 302 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R)

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and Budget Exhibits

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us

CLE 009 System Safety in Systems Engineering 

CLE 020 Enterprise Architecture

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) 

CLL 015 Business Case Analysis 

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work

PMT 250 Program Management Tools 

None specified

None specified

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part II (R)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience required for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your IDP, you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this and the lower-level Core Plus 

Development Guides if not already completed. 

×

×
147

I

f you're in the Defense Acquisition Workforce, you need to know 

about the Defense Acquisition University. Our education and 

training programs are designed to meet the career-long 

training needs of all DoD and defense industry personnel.

Comprehensive—Learn what you need to know

DAU provides a full range of basic, intermediate, 

and advanced curriculum training, as well as 

assignment-specific and continuous learning courses. Whether you're new to the 

acquisition workforce or a seasoned 

member, you can profit from DAU 

training. 

Convenient—Learn where 

and when it suits you

DAU's programs 

are offered at 

five regional 

campus and 

their additional 

training sites. We also 

have certification courses 

taught entirely or in part 

through distance learning, so you 

can take courses from your home or 

office. Check out the over 100 self-paced 

modules on our Continuous Learning Center 

Web site at http://clc.dau.mil.

You'll find the DAU 2009 Catalog at www.dau.mil. Once 

you've chosen your courses, it's quick and easy to register online. Or contact DAU Student Services toll free at 888-284-4906 or 

student.services@dau.mil, and we'll help you structure an educational 

program to meet your needs. DAU also offers fee-for-service consulting 

and research programs.

On Your Way to the Top?

DAU Can Help You Get There.
148
149

appendix C

Other Products and Services

Strategic Partnerships

Excelerate

Applied Research

Publications

Senior Service College Fellowship
150 Appendix C

Other Products and Services 

Provided by DAU

Excelerate

Through the Excelerate program, DAU has established 

agreements that allow Defense Acquisition Workforce 

members to obtain credit toward master’s degrees for 

Level II DAWIA certification. 

For a current list of partners participating in the 

Excelerate program, go to www.dau.mil/about-dau/partnerships.aspx

Applied Research 

The fundamental purpose of DAU’s research program 

is to improve the DoD acquisition process and its 

management.The scope of applied research topics 

encompasses policy, process, education, management, 

leadership, and functional area initiatives generated by 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce. 

Research projects are conducted by the DAU faculty in 

partnership with acquisition practitioners, universities, 

nonprofit organizations, and private industry. Utility is 

determined by direct application of a viable product 

that supports DoD goals and priorities. Selected 

participants from within the Services, DAU strategic 

partners, and DAU faculty develop new and innovative 

concepts for systems acquisition. 

For more information about the research program at 

DAU, go to www.dau.mil/research/research_main.asp. Join 

us in the Acquisition Research Community of Practice at http://acc.dau.mil (under Special Interest Areas, 

select Acquisition Research); or contact Dr. Paul Alfieri, 

Research Program Director, at paul.alfieri@dau.mil.

The university’s mission is to provide practitioner 

training, career management, and services to 

enable the Defense Acquisition Workforce to 

make smart business decisions and deliver timely and 

affordable capabilities to the warfighter. Accordingly, 

in addition to classroom and online training, DAU offers 

other valuable products and services. This appendix 

provides some information on those products and 

services as well as Web addresses for more details on 

each.

Strategic Partnerships

DAU has established strategic partnerships with universities and colleges so that DoD Defense Acquisition 

Workforce members can transfer DAU course work 

toward college and university degrees and certificates. 

While each partnership is unique in what it offers, the 

objective of the partnership program is to provide our 

workforce members with opportunities to maximize 

academic accomplishments by receiving credit for 

DAU courses toward a graduate, undergraduate, or 

certificate program offered by a strategic partner.

To facilitate finding a program that suits your needs, 

DAU has developed an interactive Web-based Strategic Partnership Database in which you can search 

for partners offering degree or certificate credits for 

DAU classes. The database allows you to narrow your 

search by career field, geographic area, or type of 

program desired. 

To search the Strategic Partnership Database or to 

view a comprehensive list of DAU’s partners and links 

to their respective Web sites, visit www.dau.mil/aboutdau/partnerships.aspx.
Strategic Partnerships 151

Road, Suite 3, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565; call 

703-805-2743; or fax requests to 703-805-3726. If 

you do not qualify for a free single copy from the 

DAU Press or if you need multiple copies, you can buy 

copies directly from the DAU Publications Distribution 

Center by using an Inter-Agency/Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request or by writing a check 

payable to the U.S. Treasury.

Publications Available from other Sources

GPO Orders—You can order certain DAU publications from the Government Printing Office (GPO). To 

order from GPO, you need the GPO serial number. 

If the serial number is not available at www.dau.mil/

pubs/online_pubs.asp#general, you can browse the GPO 

Online Bookstore at http://bookstore.gpo.gov. You can 

then purchase the publication using the GPO online 

shopping cart method or by placing your order by 

phone, fax, or mail. Contact GPO at 866-512-1800 (toll 

free) or 202-512-1899 for further instructions. 

Publications

Periodicals

To obtain a free subscription to Defense AT&L magazine and/or the Defense Acquisition Review Journal, 

go to www.dau.mil/pubs/damtoc.asp and select the 

“Subscribe/Unsubscribe/Change” link to download 

the subscription form, which is valid for both publications. Subscription or address change requests can 

be mailed to Defense Acquisition University, ATTN: 

DAU Press STE 3, 9820 Belvoir Road, Fort Belvoir, VA 

22060. Requests can also be faxed to 703-805-2917, 

or e-mailed to subscriptions@dau.mil.

Publications

The DAU Press offers a wide range of publications to 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce. Current publications can be viewed at www.dau.mil/pubs/online_pubs.

asp#general. This Web site presents generalized publication categories such as guidebooks, brochures, 

general publications, etc. Once you select one of these 

categories, the resulting list will indicate if hard copies 

are available for listed publications. If you select a 

specific publication, you will obtain detailed ordering 

information. This information often includes Government Printing Office, International Standard Book 

Number, and Defense Technical Information Center 

numbers as well as other ordering information.

DAU students and government employees can obtain 

a free single copy of any publication from the DAU 

Publications Distribution Center in Bldg. 231, Room 

9, at the DAU Capital/Northeast Region. A request 

written on government letterhead is preferred. Mail 

requests to DAU, ATTN: Mr. Jeff Turner, 9820 Belvoir 
152 Appendix C

Senior Service College Fellowship

The Senior Service College Fellowship program at DAU 

conducts offerings at the university’s South Region 

in Huntsville, Ala., and the Midwest Region in Warren, 

Mich. In addition, the program is scheduled to be 

offered at Aberdeen Proving Ground, Md., beginning in 

July 2009.

This 10-month leadership education program is a 

partnership between the Army and DAU designed to 

provide senior-level civilians equivalent training to their 

military counterparts in preparation for major level 

leadership responsibilities. The fellowships are also 

partnered with the University of Alabama at Huntsville 

in the South Region and with Lawrence Technological University in the Midwest Region to provide the 

opportunity for graduate courses and the opportunity 

to apply these courses toward a master’s degree. Upon 

completion of the program, participants will receive 

credit for Senior Service College attendance and credit 

for the Program Manager’s Course (PMT 401). 

The program contains the following core areas: leadership, mentoring, research, national speakers, university 

courses, national security module, PMT 401, tours and 

a number of DAU classes related to leadership. 

The SSCF program is a DAU Performance Support 

Program and, as such, is funded by each fellow’s 

sending command. Fellows are selected via application process through their commands and a Central 

Selection Board in Washington, D.C. The program is 

intense and provides time to think and reflect without 

the distractions of the normal government workplace.

DTIC and NTIS Orders—The Defense Technical Information Center (DTIC) provides copies to government 

employees, and the National Technical Information 

Services (NTIS) provides copies to private industry. 

You can request paper or microfiche versions from 

NTIS and many out-of-print publications from these 

organizations:

•	 DTIC—To order products and services from DTIC, 

you must be a registered user. For more information, contact DTIC by mail at ATTN: DTIC-BC (Registration), Defense Technical Information Center, 

8725 John J. Kingman Road, Fort Belvoir, VA 

22060-6218; by phone at 703-767-8273/DSN 427-

8273 or toll free at 800-225-3842; by fax at 703-

767-9459/DSN 427-9459; or by e-mail at reghelp@

dtic.mil. To find out more, visit the DTIC Web site at 

www.dtic.mil. 

•	 NTIS—For information on ordering from NTIS, 

write to the National Technical Information Service 

(NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161. 

You can also reach their sales desk by phone at 

800-553-6847 or 703-605-6000; by fax at 703-

605-6900; by TDD (for the hearing impaired) at 

703-487-4639; or by e-mail at orders@ntis.gov. (For 

Internet security, when placing orders via e-mail, 

register your credit card at NTIS by calling 703-

605-6070.) For more information, visit their Web 

site at www.ntis.gov.